groff.texinfo revision 75584
1\input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
2
3@c
4@c Please convert this manual with `texi2dvi -e groff.texinfo' due to a bug
5@c in texinfo regarding expansion of user-defined macros.
6@c
7
8@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9@setfilename  groff
10@settitle The GNU Troff Manual
11@setchapternewpage odd
12@footnotestyle separate
13@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
14
15
16@c We use the following indices:
17@c
18@c   cindex: concepts
19@c   rqindex: requests
20@c   esindex: escapes
21@c   vindex: registers
22@c   kindex: commands in font files
23@c   pindex: programs and files
24@c   tindex: environment variables
25@c   maindex: macros
26@c   stindex: strings
27@c   glindex: glyph names
28@c   opindex: operators
29@c
30@c tindex and cindex are merged.
31
32@defcodeindex rq
33@defcodeindex es
34@defcodeindex ma
35@defcodeindex st
36@defcodeindex gl
37@defcodeindex op
38@syncodeindex tp cp
39
40
41@c to avoid uppercasing in @deffn while converting to info, we define
42@c our special @Var{}
43@c
44@c due to a (not officially documented) `feature' in makeinfo 4.0,
45@c macros are not expanded in @deffn (but the macro definition is
46@c properly removed), so we have to define @Var{} directly in TeX also
47
48@macro Var{arg}
49\arg\
50@end macro
51@tex
52\gdef\Var#1{\var{#1}}
53@end tex
54
55
56@c definition of requests
57
58@macro Defreq{name, arg}
59@rqindex \name\
60@deffn Request @t{.\name\} \arg\
61@end macro
62
63@macro Defreqx{name, arg}
64@rqindex \name\
65@deffnx Request @t{.\name\} \arg\
66@end macro
67
68@macro endDefreq
69@end deffn
70@end macro
71
72
73@c definition of escapes
74
75@macro Defesc{name, delimI, arg, delimII}
76@esindex \name\
77@deffn Escape @t{\name\\delimI\}@var{\arg\}@t{\delimII\}
78@end macro
79
80@macro Defescx{name, delimI, arg, delimII}
81@esindex \name\
82@deffnx Escape @t{\name\\delimI\}@var{\arg\}@t{\delimII\}
83@end macro
84
85@macro endDefesc
86@end deffn
87@end macro
88
89
90@c definition of registers
91
92@macro Defreg{name}
93@vindex \name\
94@deffn Register @t{\\n[\name\]}
95@end macro
96
97@macro Defregx{name}
98@vindex \name\
99@deffnx Register @t{\\n[\name\]}
100@end macro
101
102@macro endDefreg
103@end deffn
104@end macro
105
106
107@c definition of macros
108
109@macro Defmac{name, arg}
110@maindex \name\
111@defmac @t{.\name\} \arg\
112@end macro
113
114@macro Defmacx{name, arg}
115@maindex \name\
116@defmacx @t{.\name\} \arg\
117@end macro
118
119@macro endDefmac
120@end defmac
121@end macro
122
123
124@c definition of strings
125
126@macro Defstr{name, arg}
127@stindex \name\
128@deffn String @t{\name\} \arg\
129@end macro
130
131@macro Defstrx{name, arg}
132@stindex \name\
133@deffnx String @t{\name\} \arg\
134@end macro
135
136@macro endDefstr
137@end deffn
138@end macro
139
140
141@c our example macro
142
143@macro Example
144@example
145@group
146@end macro
147
148@macro endExample
149@end group
150@end example
151@end macro
152
153
154@c We need special parentheses and brackets:
155@c
156@c . Real parentheses in @deffn produce an error while compiling with
157@c   TeX
158@c . Real brackets use the wrong font in @deffn, overriding @t{}.
159@c
160@c This is true for texinfo 4.0.
161
162@ifnottex
163@macro lparen
164(
165@end macro
166@macro rparen
167)
168@end macro
169@macro lbrack
170[
171@end macro
172@macro rbrack
173]
174@end macro
175@end ifnottex
176
177@iftex
178@macro lparen
179@@lparen
180@end macro
181@macro rparen
182@@rparen
183@end macro
184@macro lbrack
185@@lbrack
186@end macro
187@macro rbrack
188@@rbrack
189@end macro
190@end iftex
191
192
193@c Note: We say `Roman numerals' but `roman font'.
194
195
196@c XXX comment all examples
197
198
199@dircategory Miscellaneous
200@direntry
201* Groff: (groff).  The GNU troff document formatting system.
202@end direntry
203
204
205@smallbook
206
207
208@iftex
209@finalout
210@end iftex
211
212
213@ifinfo
214This Info file documents GNU troff version 1.16.
215
216Published by the Free Software Foundation
21759 Temple Place, Suite 330
218Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
219
220Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
221
222Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
223manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
224preserved on all copies.
225
226@ignore
227Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
228results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
229identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
230paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
231
232@end ignore
233Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
234manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
235entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
236permission notice identical to this one.
237
238Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
239into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
240except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
241approved by the Foundation.
242
243Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
244manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
245section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
246in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
247distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
248one.
249
250Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
251into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
252except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
253included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
254instead of in the original English.
255@end ifinfo
256
257
258@titlepage
259@title groff
260@subtitle The GNU implementation of @code{troff}
261@subtitle Edition 1.16
262@subtitle Spring 2000
263@author by Trent A.@w{ }Fisher
264@author and Werner Lemberg
265
266@c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage environment so
267@c that headings are turned off.  Headings on and off do not work.
268
269@page
270@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
271Copyright @copyright@w{ }1994-2000 Free Software Foundation,@w{ }Inc.
272@sp 2
273Version 1.16 of @code{groff}, @*
274Spring 2000
275@sp 2
276Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
27759 Temple Place, Suite 330 @*
278Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
279
280
281Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
282manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
283preserved on all copies.
284
285Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
286manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
287section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
288in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
289distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
290one.
291
292Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
293into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
294except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
295included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
296instead of in the original English.
297
298Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
299@end titlepage
300@page
301
302
303
304@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
305
306@ifinfo
307This Info file documents groff version 1.16, the GNU implementation of
308the troff typesetting system.
309
310This is an in-progress document; contributions, comments, or
311contributions are welcome.  Send them to bug-groff@@gnu.org.
312@end ifinfo
313
314@menu
315* Copying::
316* Introduction::
317* Invoking groff::
318* Tutorial for Macro Users::
319* Macro Packages::
320* gtroff Reference::
321* Preprocessors::
322* Output Devices::
323* File formats::
324* Installation::
325* Request Index::
326* Escape Index::
327* Operator Index::
328* Register Index::
329* Macro Index::
330* String Index::
331* Glyph Name Index::
332* Font File Keyword Index::
333* Program and File Index::
334* Concept Index::
335@end menu
336
337
338
339@node Copying, Introduction, Top, Top
340@cindex copying
341@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
342@center Version 2, June 1991
343
344@display
345Copyright @copyright{}@w{ }1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
34659@w{ }Temple Place, Suite@w{ }330, Boston, MA@w{ }02111, USA
347
348Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
349license document, but changing it is not allowed.
350@end display
351
352@unnumberedsec Preamble
353
354The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to
355share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
356intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software --
357to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This General
358Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's
359software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
360(Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU
361Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to your
362programs, too.
363
364When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
365Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
366freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this
367service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
368want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
369free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
370
371To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone
372to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.  These
373restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
374distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
375
376For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis
377or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have.
378You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code.
379And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
380
381We protect your rights with two steps: (1)@w{ }copyright the software,
382and (2)@w{ }offer you this license which gives you legal permission to
383copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
384
385Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
386that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
387software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
388want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
389that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
390authors' reputations.
391
392Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
393We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
394individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
395proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent
396must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
397
398The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
399modification follow.
400
401@iftex
402@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
403@end iftex
404@ifinfo
405@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
406@end ifinfo
407
408@enumerate 0
409@item
410This License applies to any program or other work which contains a
411notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under
412the terms of this General Public License.  The ``Program'', below,
413refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
414means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
415that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either
416verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
417(Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term
418``modification''.)  Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
419
420Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
421covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running
422the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is
423covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program
424(independent of having been made by running the Program).  Whether that
425is true depends on what the Program does.
426
427@item
428You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code
429as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
430appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
431disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
432License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other
433recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
434
435You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
436you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
437
438@item
439You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it,
440thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such
441modifications or work under the terms of Section@w{ }1 above, provided
442that you also meet all of these conditions:
443
444@enumerate a
445@item
446You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating
447that you changed the files and the date of any change.
448
449@item
450You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or
451in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to
452be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms
453of this License.
454
455@item
456If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run,
457you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the
458most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an
459appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or
460else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may
461redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user
462how to view a copy of this License.  (Exception: if the Program itself
463is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your
464work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
465@end enumerate
466
467These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
468identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and
469can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
470themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
471sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
472distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on
473the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
474License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire
475whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
476
477Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
478your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
479exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
480collective works based on the Program.
481
482In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
483with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a
484storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the
485scope of this License.
486
487@item
488You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under
489Section@w{ }2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
490Sections@w{ }1 and@w{ }2 above provided that you also do one of the
491following:
492
493@enumerate a
494@item
495Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source
496code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections@w{ }1 and@w{
497}2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
498
499@item
500Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to
501give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically
502performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the
503corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
504Sections@w{ }1 and@w{ }2 above on a medium customarily used for software
505interchange; or,
506
507@item
508Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to
509distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is allowed only
510for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in
511object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with
512Subsection@w{ }b above.)
513@end enumerate
514
515The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
516making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
517code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
518associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
519compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a special
520exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is
521normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
522components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
523which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
524executable.
525
526If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access
527to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
528the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source
529code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source
530along with the object code.
531
532@item
533You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except
534as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to
535copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will
536automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
537parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License
538will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
539in full compliance.
540
541@item
542You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed
543it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute
544the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are prohibited by
545law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or
546distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you
547indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and
548conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
549based on it.
550
551@item
552Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
553Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
554original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
555these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further restrictions
556on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.  You are not
557responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
558
559@item
560If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
561infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
562conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
563otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
564excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
565distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
566License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
567may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent license
568would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those
569who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way
570you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
571from distribution of the Program.
572
573If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
574any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
575apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
576circumstances.
577
578It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
579patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
580such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
581integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented
582by public license practices.  Many people have made generous
583contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that
584system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
585the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute
586software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that
587choice.
588
589This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be
590a consequence of the rest of this License.
591
592@item
593If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
594countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original
595copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an
596explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
597so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
598excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
599written in the body of this License.
600
601@item
602The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
603the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will be
604similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
605address new problems or concerns.
606
607Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
608specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
609later version'', you have the option of following the terms and
610conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
611the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version
612number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the
613Free Software Foundation.
614
615@item
616If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs
617whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask
618for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software
619Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
620exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
621preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
622of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
623
624@iftex
625@heading NO WARRANTY
626@end iftex
627@ifinfo
628@center NO WARRANTY
629@end ifinfo
630
631@item
632BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
633THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW@.  EXCEPT WHEN
634OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
635PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
636EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
637WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@.
638THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH
639YOU@.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
640NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
641
642@item
643IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
644WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
645REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
646DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
647DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM
648(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED
649INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
650THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR
651OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
652@end enumerate
653
654@iftex
655@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
656@end iftex
657@ifinfo
658@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
659@end ifinfo
660
661
662@page
663@unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
664
665If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
666possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
667free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
668terms.
669
670To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest to
671attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
672the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
673``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
674
675@smallexample
676@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
677Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
678
679This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
680it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
681the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
682your option) any later version.
683
684This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
685WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
686MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@.  See the GNU
687General Public License for more details.
688
689You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
690along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
691Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
692@end smallexample
693
694Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
695
696If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
697when it starts in an interactive mode:
698
699@smallexample
700Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
701Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type
702`show w'.  This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute
703it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
704@end smallexample
705
706The hypothetical commands @samp{show@w{ }w} and @samp{show@w{ }c} should
707show the appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course,
708the commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show@w{
709}w} and @samp{show@w{ }c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items
710-- whatever suits your program.
711
712You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
713school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
714necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
715
716@smallexample
717@group
718Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest
719in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers)
720written by James Hacker.
721
722@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
723Ty Coon, President of Vice
724@end group
725@end smallexample
726
727This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
728into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
729may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
730with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
731General Public License instead of this License.
732
733
734
735@c =====================================================================
736@c =====================================================================
737
738@node Introduction, Invoking groff, Copying, Top
739@chapter Introduction
740@cindex introduction
741
742GNU @code{troff} (or @code{groff}) is a system for typesetting
743documents.  @code{troff} is very flexible and has been in existence (and
744use) for about 3@w{ }decades.  It is quite widespread and firmly
745entrenched in the @acronym{UNIX} community.
746
747@menu
748* What Is groff?::
749* History::
750* groff Capabilities::
751* Macro Package Intro::
752* Preprocessor Intro::
753* Output device intro::
754* Credits::
755@end menu
756
757
758@c =====================================================================
759
760@node What Is groff?, History, Introduction, Introduction
761@section What Is @code{groff}?
762@cindex what is @code{groff}?
763@cindex @code{groff} -- what is it?
764
765@code{groff} belongs to an older generation of document preparation
766systems, which operate more like compilers than the more recent
767interactive @acronym{WYSIWYG}@footnote{What You See Is What You Get}
768systems.  @code{groff} and its contemporary counterpart, @TeX{}, both
769work using a @dfn{batch} paradigm: The input (or @dfn{source}) files are
770normal text files with embedded formatting commands.  These files can
771then be processed by @code{groff} to produce a typeset document on a
772variety of devices.
773
774Likewise, @code{groff} should not be confused with a @dfn{word
775processor}, since that term connotes an integrated system that includes
776an editor and a text formatter.  Also, many word processors follow the
777@acronym{WYSIWYG} paradigm discussed earlier.
778
779Although @acronym{WYSIWYG} systems may be easier to use, they have a
780number of disadvantages compared to @code{troff}:
781
782@itemize @bullet
783@item
784They must be used on a graphics display to work on a document.
785
786@item
787Most of the @acronym{WYSIWYG} systems are either non-free or are not
788very portable.
789
790@item
791@code{troff} is firmly entrenched in all @acronym{UNIX} systems.
792
793@item
794It is difficult to have a wide range of capabilities available within
795the confines of a GUI/window system.
796
797@item
798It is more difficult to make global changes to a document.
799@end itemize
800
801@quotation
802``GUIs normally make it simple to accomplish simple actions and
803impossible to accomplish complex actions.''  --Doug Gwyn (22/Jun/91 in
804@code{comp.unix.wizards})
805@end quotation
806
807
808@c =====================================================================
809
810@node History, groff Capabilities, What Is groff?, Introduction
811@section History
812@cindex history
813
814@cindex @code{runoff}
815@cindex @code{rf}
816@code{troff} can trace its origins back to a formatting program called
817@code{runoff}, written by J.@w{ }E.@w{ }Saltzer, which ran on MIT's CTSS
818operating system in the mid-sixties.  This name came from the common
819phrase of the time ``I'll run off a document.''  Bob Morris ported it to
820the 635 architecture and called the program @code{roff} (an abbreviation
821of @code{runoff}).  It was rewritten as @code{rf} for the @w{PDP-7}
822(before having @acronym{UNIX}), and at the same time (1969), Doug
823McIllroy rewrote an extended and simplified version of @code{roff} in
824the @acronym{BCPL} programming language.
825
826@cindex @code{roff}
827The first version of @acronym{UNIX} was developed on a @w{PDP-7} which
828was sitting around Bell Labs.  In 1971 the developers wanted to get a
829@w{PDP-11} for further work on the operating system.  In order to
830justify the cost for this system, they proposed that they would
831implement a document formatting system for the AT&T patents division.
832This first formatting program was a reimplementation of McIllroy's
833@code{roff}, written by J.@w{ }F.@w{ }Ossanna.
834
835@cindex @code{nroff}
836When they needed a more flexible language, a new version of @code{roff}
837called @code{nroff} (``Newer @code{roff}'') was written.  It had a much
838more complicated syntax, but provided the basis for all future versions.
839When they got a Graphic Systems CAT Phototypesetter, Ossanna wrote a
840version of @code{nroff} that would drive it.  It was dubbed
841@code{troff}, for ``typesetter @code{roff}'', although many people have
842speculated that it actually means ``Times @code{roff}'' because of the
843use of the Times font family in @code{troff} by default.  As such, the
844name @code{troff} is pronounced `@w{t-roff}' rather than `trough'.
845
846With @code{troff} came @code{nroff} (they were actually the same program
847except for some @samp{#ifdef}s), which was for producing output for line
848printers and character terminals.  It understood everything @code{troff}
849did, and ignored the commands which were not applicable (e.g.@: font
850changes).
851
852Since there are several things which cannot be done easily in
853@code{troff}, work on several preprocessors began.  These programs would
854transform certain parts of a document into @code{troff}, which made a
855very natural use of pipes in @acronym{UNIX}.
856
857The @code{eqn} preprocessor allowed mathematical formul@ae{} to be
858specified in a much simpler and more intuitive manner.  @code{tbl} is a
859preprocessor for formatting tables.  The @code{refer} preprocessor (and
860the similar program, @code{bib}) processes citations in a document
861according to a bibliographic database.
862
863Unfortunately, Ossanna's @code{troff} was written in @w{PDP-11} assembly
864language and produced output specifically for the CAT phototypesetter.
865He rewrote it in C, although it was now 7000@w{ }lines of uncommented
866code and still dependent on the CAT.  As the CAT became less common, and
867was no longer supported by the manufacturer, the need to make it support
868other devices became a priority.  However, before this could be done,
869Ossanna was killed in an auto accident.
870
871@pindex ditroff
872@cindex @code{ditroff}
873So, Brian Kernighan took on the task of rewriting @code{troff}.  The
874newly rewritten version produced a device independent code which was
875very easy for postprocessors to read and translate to the appropriate
876printer codes.  Also, this new version of @code{troff} (called
877@code{ditroff} for ``device independent @code{troff}'') had several
878extensions, which included drawing functions.
879
880Due to the additional abilities of the new version of @code{troff},
881several new preprocessors appeared.  The @code{pic} preprocessor
882provides a wide range of drawing functions.  Likewise the @code{ideal}
883preprocessor did the same, although via a much different paradigm.  The
884@code{grap} preprocessor took specifications for graphs, but, unlike
885other preprocessors, produced @code{pic} code.
886
887James Clark began work on a GNU implementation of @code{ditroff} in
888early@w{ }1989.  The first version, @code{groff}@w{ }0.3.1, was released
889June@w{ }1990.  @code{groff} included:
890
891@itemize @bullet
892@item
893A replacement for @code{ditroff} with many extensions.
894
895@item
896The @code{soelim}, @code{pic}, @code{tbl}, and @code{eqn} preprocessors.
897
898@item
899Postprocessors for character devices, @sc{PostScript}, @TeX{} DVI, and
900X@w{ }windows.  GNU @code{troff} also eliminated the need for a
901separate @code{nroff} program with a postprocessor which would produce
902@acronym{ASCII} output.
903
904@item
905A version of the @file{me} macros and an implementation of the
906@file{man} macros.
907@end itemize
908
909Also, a front-end was included which could construct the, sometimes
910painfully long, pipelines required for all the post- and preprocessors.
911
912Development of GNU @code{troff} progressed rapidly, and saw the
913additions of a replacement for @code{refer}, an implementation of the
914@file{ms} and @file{mm} macros, and a program to deduce how to format a
915document (@code{grog}).
916
917It was declared a stable (i.e.@: non-beta) package with the release of
918version@w{ }1.04 around November@w{ }1991.
919
920Beginning in@w{ }1999, @code{groff} has new maintainers (the package was
921an orphan for a few years).  As a result, new features and programs like
922@code{grn}, a preprocessor for gremlin images, and an output device to
923produce @acronym{HTML} output have been added.
924
925
926@c =====================================================================
927
928@node groff Capabilities, Macro Package Intro, History, Introduction
929@section @code{groff} Capabilities
930@cindex @code{groff} capabilities
931@cindex capabilities of @code{groff}
932
933So what exactly is @code{groff} capable of doing?  @code{groff} provides
934a wide range of low-level text formatting operations.  Using these, it
935is possible to perform a wide range of formatting tasks, such as
936footnotes, table of contents, multiple columns, etc.  Here's a list of
937the most important operations supported by @code{groff}:
938
939@itemize @bullet
940@item
941text filling, adjusting, and centering
942
943@item
944hyphenation
945
946@item
947page control
948
949@item
950font and character size control
951
952@item
953vertical spacing (i.e.@: double spacing)
954
955@item
956line length and indenting
957
958@item
959macros, strings, diversions, and traps
960
961@item
962number registers
963
964@item
965tabs, leaders, and fields
966
967@item
968input and output conventions and character translation
969
970@item
971overstrike, bracket, line drawing, and zero-width functions
972
973@item
974local horizontal and vertical motions and the width function
975
976@item
977three-part titles
978
979@item
980output line numbering
981
982@item
983conditional acceptance of input
984
985@item
986environment switching
987
988@item
989insertions from the standard input
990
991@item
992input/output file switching
993
994@item
995output and error messages
996@end itemize
997
998
999@c =====================================================================
1000
1001@node Macro Package Intro, Preprocessor Intro, groff Capabilities, Introduction
1002@section Macro Packages
1003@cindex macro packages
1004
1005Since @code{groff} provides such low-level facilities, it can be quite
1006difficult to use by itself.  However, @code{groff} provides a
1007@dfn{macro} facility to specify how certain routine operations (e.g.@w{
1008}starting paragraphs, printing headers and footers, etc.)@: should be
1009done.  These macros can be collected together into a @dfn{macro
1010package}.  There are a number of macro packages available; the most
1011common (and the ones described in this manual) are @file{man},
1012@file{mdoc}, @file{me}, @file{ms}, and @file{mm}.
1013
1014
1015@c =====================================================================
1016
1017@node Preprocessor Intro, Output device intro, Macro Package Intro, Introduction
1018@section Preprocessors
1019@cindex preprocessors
1020
1021Although @code{groff} provides most functions needed to format a
1022document, some operations would be unwieldy (e.g.@: to draw pictures).
1023Therefore, programs called preprocessors were written which understand
1024their own language and produce the necessary @code{groff} operations.
1025These preprocessors are able to differentiate their own input from the
1026rest of the document via markers.
1027
1028To use a preprocessor, @acronym{UNIX} pipes are used to feed the output
1029from the preprocessor into @code{groff}.  Any number of preprocessors
1030may be used on a given document; in this case, the preprocessors are
1031linked together into one pipeline.  However, in @code{groff}, the user
1032does not need to construct the pipe, but only tell @code{groff} what
1033preprocessors to use.
1034
1035@code{groff} currently has preprocessors for producing tables
1036(@code{tbl}), typesetting equations (@code{eqn}), drawing pictures
1037(@code{pic} and @code{grn}), and for processing bibliographies
1038(@code{refer}).  An associated program which is useful when dealing with
1039preprocessors is @code{soelim}.
1040
1041A free implementation of @code{grap}, a preprocessor for drawing graphs,
1042can be obtained as an extra package; @code{groff} can use @code{grap}
1043also.
1044
1045There are other preprocessors in existence, but, unfortunately, no free
1046implementations are available.  Among them are preprocessors for drawing
1047mathematical pictures (@code{ideal}) and chemical structures
1048(@code{chem}).
1049
1050
1051@c =====================================================================
1052
1053@node Output device intro, Credits, Preprocessor Intro, Introduction
1054@section Output Devices
1055@cindex postprocessors
1056@cindex output devices
1057@cindex devices for output
1058
1059@code{groff} actually produces device independent code which may be
1060fed into a postprocessor to produce output for a particular device.
1061Currently, @code{groff} has postprocessors for @sc{PostScript}
1062devices, character terminals, X@w{ }Windows (for previewing), @TeX{}
1063DVI format, HP LaserJet@w{ }4 and Canon LBP printers (which use
1064@acronym{CAPSL}), and @acronym{HTML}.
1065
1066
1067@c =====================================================================
1068
1069@node Credits,  , Output device intro, Introduction
1070@section Credits
1071@cindex credits
1072
1073Large portions of this manual were taken from existing documents, most
1074notably, the manual pages for the @code{groff} package by James Clark,
1075and Eric Allman's papers on the @file{me} macro package.
1076
1077The section on the @file{man} macro package is partly based on Susan@w{
1078}G.@: Kleinmann's @file{groff_man} manual page written for the Debian
1079GNU/Linux system.
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084@c =====================================================================
1085@c =====================================================================
1086
1087@node Invoking groff, Tutorial for Macro Users, Introduction, Top
1088@chapter Invoking @code{groff}
1089@cindex invoking @code{groff}
1090@cindex @code{groff} invocation
1091
1092This section focuses on how to invoke the @code{groff} front end.  This
1093front end takes care of the details of constructing the pipeline among
1094the preprocessors, @code{gtroff} and the postprocessor.
1095
1096It has become a tradition that GNU programs get the prefix @samp{g} to
1097distinguish it from its original counterparts provided by the host (see
1098@ref{Environment}, for more details).  Thus, for example, @code{geqn} is
1099GNU @code{eqn}.  On operating systems like Linux or the Hurd, which
1100don't contain proprietary software, and on MS-DOS/MS-Windows, where
1101@code{troff} and associated programs are not available at all, this
1102prefix is omitted since GNU @code{troff} is the only used incarnation of
1103@code{troff}.  Exception: @code{groff} is never replaced by @code{roff}.
1104
1105@menu
1106* Groff Options::
1107* Environment::
1108* Invocation Examples::
1109@end menu
1110
1111
1112@c =====================================================================
1113
1114@node Groff Options, Environment, Invoking groff, Invoking groff
1115@section Options
1116@cindex options
1117
1118@pindex groff
1119@pindex gtroff
1120@pindex gpic
1121@pindex geqn
1122@pindex ggrn
1123@pindex grap
1124@pindex gtbl
1125@pindex grefer
1126@pindex gsoelim
1127@code{groff} normally runs the @code{gtroff} program and a postprocessor
1128appropriate for the selected device.  The default device is @samp{ps}
1129(but it can be changed when @code{groff} is configured and built).  It
1130can optionally preprocess with any of @code{gpic}, @code{geqn},
1131@code{gtbl}, @code{ggrn}, @code{grap}, @code{grefer}, or @code{gsoelim}.
1132
1133This section only documents options to the @code{groff} front end.  Many
1134of the arguments to @code{groff} are passed on to @code{gtroff},
1135therefore those are also included.  Arguments to pre- or postprocessors
1136can be found in @ref{Invoking gpic}, @ref{Invoking geqn}, @ref{Invoking
1137gtbl}, @ref{Invoking ggrn}, @ref{Invoking grefer}, @ref{Invoking
1138gsoelim}, @ref{Invoking grotty}, @ref{Invoking grops}, @ref{Invoking
1139grohtml}, @ref{Invoking grodvi}, @ref{Invoking grolj4}, @ref{Invoking
1140grolbp}, and @ref{Invoking gxditview}.
1141
1142The command line format for @code{groff} is:
1143
1144@Example
1145groff [ -abeghilpstvzCEGNRSUVXZ ] [ -F@var{dir} ] [ -m@var{name} ]
1146      [ -T@var{def} ] [ -f@var{fam} ] [ -w@var{name} ] [ -W@var{name} ]
1147      [ -M@var{dir} ] [ -d@var{cs} ] [ -r@var{cn} ] [ -n@var{num} ]
1148      [ -o@var{list} ] [ -P@var{arg} ] [ -L@var{arg} ] [ -I@var{dir} ]
1149      [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
1150@endExample
1151
1152The command line format for @code{gtroff} is as follows.
1153
1154@Example
1155gtroff [ -abivzCERU ] [ -w@var{name} ] [ -W@var{name} ] [ -d@var{cs} ]
1156       [ -f@var{fam} ] [ -m@var{name} ] [ -n@var{num} ]
1157       [ -o@var{list} ] [ -r@var{cn} ] [ -T@var{name} ]
1158       [ -F@var{dir} ] [ -M@var{dir} ] [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
1159@endExample
1160
1161@noindent
1162Obviously, many of the options to @code{groff} are actually passed on to
1163@code{gtroff}.
1164
1165Options without an argument can be grouped behind a single @option{-}.
1166A filename of @file{-} denotes the standard input.  It is possible to
1167have whitespace between an option and its parameter.
1168
1169The @code{grog} command can be used to guess the correct @code{groff}
1170command to format a file.
1171
1172Here's the description of the command-line options:
1173
1174@cindex command-line options
1175@table @samp
1176@item -h
1177Print a help message.
1178
1179@item -e
1180Preprocess with @code{geqn}.
1181
1182@item -t
1183Preprocess with @code{gtbl}.
1184
1185@item -g
1186Preprocess with @code{ggrn}.
1187
1188@item -G
1189Preprocess with @code{grap}.
1190
1191@item -p
1192Preprocess with @code{gpic}.
1193
1194@item -s
1195Preprocess with @code{gsoelim}.
1196
1197@item -R
1198Preprocess with @code{grefer}.  No mechanism is provided for passing
1199arguments to @code{grefer} because most @code{grefer} options have
1200equivalent commands which can be included in the file.  @xref{grefer},
1201for more details.
1202
1203@pindex troffrc
1204@pindex troffrc-end
1205Note that @code{gtroff} also accepts a @option{-R} option, which is not
1206accessible via @code{groff}.  This option prevents the loading of the
1207@file{troffrc} and @file{troffrc-end} files.
1208
1209@item -v
1210Make programs run by @code{groff} print out their version number.
1211
1212@item -V
1213Print the pipeline on @code{stdout} instead of executing it.
1214
1215@item -z
1216Suppress output from @code{gtroff}.  Only error messages are printed.
1217
1218@item -Z
1219Do not postprocess the output of @code{gtroff}.  Normally @code{groff}
1220automatically runs the appropriate postprocessor.
1221
1222@item -P@var{arg}
1223Pass @var{arg} to the postprocessor.  Each argument should be passed
1224with a separate @option{-P} option.  Note that @code{groff} does not
1225prepend @samp{-} to @var{arg} before passing it to the postprocessor.
1226
1227@item -l
1228Send the output to a spooler for printing.  The command used for this is
1229specified by the @code{print} command in the device description file
1230(see @ref{Font Files}, for more info).  If not present, @option{-l} is
1231ignored.
1232
1233@item -L@var{arg}
1234Pass @var{arg} to the spooler.  Each argument should be passed with a
1235separate @option{-L} option.  Note that @code{groff} does not prepend a
1236@samp{-} to @var{arg} before passing it to the postprocessor.  If the
1237@code{print} keyword in the device description file is missing,
1238@option{-L} is ignored.
1239
1240@item -T@var{dev}
1241Prepare output for device @var{dev}.  The default device is @samp{ps},
1242unless changed when @code{groff} was configured and built.  The
1243following are the output devices currently available:
1244
1245@table @code
1246@item ps
1247For @sc{PostScript} printers and previewers.
1248
1249@item dvi
1250For @TeX{} DVI format.
1251
1252@item X75
1253For a 75@dmn{dpi} X11 previewer.
1254
1255@item X100
1256For a 100@dmn{dpi} X11 previewer.
1257
1258@item ascii
1259For typewriter-like devices.
1260
1261@item latin1
1262For typewriter-like devices that support the @w{Latin-1} (@w{ISO
12638859-1}) character set.
1264
1265@item utf8
1266For typewriter-like devices which use the Unicode (@w{ISO 10646})
1267character set with @w{UTF-8} encoding.
1268
1269@item cp1047
1270@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding
1271@cindex cp1047
1272@cindex IBM cp1047
1273For typewriter-like devices which use the @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding IBM
1274cp1047.
1275
1276@item lj4
1277For an HP LaserJet4-compatible (or other PCL5-compatible) printer.
1278
1279@item lbp
1280For Canon @acronym{CAPSL} printers (@w{LBP-4} and @w{LBP-8} series laser
1281printers).
1282
1283@pindex pre-grohtml
1284@pindex post-grohtml
1285@cindex @code{grohtml}
1286@item html
1287To produce @acronym{HTML} output.  Note that the @acronym{HTML} driver
1288consists of two parts, a preprocessor (@code{pre-grohtml}) and a
1289postprocessor (@code{post-grohtml}).
1290@end table
1291
1292@vindex .T
1293@stindex .T
1294The predefined @code{gtroff} string register @code{.T} contains the
1295current output device; the read-only number register @code{.T} is set
1296to@w{ }1 if this option is used (which is always true if @code{groff} is
1297used to call @code{gtroff}).  @xref{Built-in Registers}.
1298
1299The postprocessor to be used for a device is specified by the
1300@code{postpro} command in the device description file.  (@xref{Font
1301Files}, for more info.)  This can be overridden with the @option{-X}
1302option.
1303
1304@item -X
1305Preview with @code{gxditview} instead of using the usual postprocessor.
1306This is unlikely to produce good results except with @option{-Tps}.
1307
1308Note that this is not the same as using @option{-TX75} or
1309@option{-TX100} to view a document with @code{gxditview}: The former
1310uses the metrics of the specified device, whereas the latter uses
1311X-specific fonts and metrics.
1312
1313@item -N
1314Don't allow newlines with @code{eqn} delimiters.  This is the same as
1315the @option{-N} option in @code{geqn}.
1316
1317@item -S
1318Safer mode.  Pass the @option{-S} option to @code{gpic} and disable the
1319@code{open}, @code{opena}, @code{pso}, @code{sy}, and @code{pi}
1320requests.  For security reasons, this is enabled by default.
1321
1322@item -U
1323Unsafe mode.  Reverts to the old unsafe behaviour.
1324
1325@item -a
1326@vindex .A
1327Generate an @acronym{ASCII} approximation of the typeset output.  The
1328read-only register @code{.A} is then set to@w{ }1.  @xref{Built-in
1329Registers}.  A typical example is
1330
1331@Example
1332groff -a -man -Tdvi troff.man | less
1333@endExample
1334
1335@noindent
1336which shows how lines are broken for the DVI device.  Note that this
1337option is rather useless today since graphic output devices are
1338available virtually everywhere.
1339
1340@item -b
1341Print a backtrace with each warning or error message.  This backtrace
1342should help track down the cause of the error.  The line numbers given
1343in the backtrace may not always be correct: @code{gtroff} can get
1344confused by @code{as} or @code{am} requests while counting line numbers.
1345
1346@item -i
1347Read the standard input after all the named input files have been
1348processed.
1349
1350@item -w@var{name}
1351Enable warning @var{name}.  Available warnings are described in
1352@ref{Debugging}.  Multiple @option{-w} options are allowed.
1353
1354@item -W@var{name}
1355Inhibit warning @var{name}.  Multiple @option{-W} options are allowed.
1356
1357@item -E
1358Inhibit all error messages.
1359
1360@item -C
1361Enable compatibility mode.  @xref{Implementation Differences}, for the
1362list of incompatibilities between @code{groff} and traditional Unix
1363@code{troff}.
1364
1365@item -d@var{cs}
1366@itemx -d@var{name}=s
1367Define @var{c} or @var{name} to be a string @var{s}.  @var{c} must be a
1368one-letter name; @var{name} can be of arbitrary length.  All string
1369assignments happen before loading any macro file (including the start-up
1370file).
1371
1372@item -f@var{fam}
1373Use @var{fam} as the default font family.  @xref{Font Families}.
1374
1375@item -m@var{name}
1376Read in the file @file{@var{name}.tmac}.  Normally @code{groff} searches
1377for this in its macro directories.  If it isn't found, it tries
1378@file{tmac.@var{name}} (and searches in the same directories).
1379
1380@c XXX document local and system macro dirs
1381
1382@item -n@var{num}
1383Number the first page @var{num}.
1384
1385@item -o@var{list}
1386@vindex .P
1387Output only pages in @var{list}, which is a comma-separated list of page
1388ranges; @samp{@var{n}} means print page @var{n}, @samp{@var{m}-@var{n}}
1389means print every page between @var{m} and @var{n}, @samp{-@var{n}}
1390means print every page up to @var{n}, @samp{@var{n}-} means print every
1391page beginning with @var{n}.  @code{gtroff} exits after printing the
1392last page in the list.  All the ranges are inclusive on both ends.
1393
1394Within @code{gtroff}, this information can be extracted with the
1395@samp{.P} register.  @xref{Built-in Registers}.
1396
1397If your document restarts page numbering at the beginning of each
1398chapter, then @code{gtroff} prints the specified page range for each
1399chapter.
1400
1401@item -r@var{cn}
1402@itemx -r@var{name}=@var{n}
1403Set number register @var{c} or @var{name} to the value @var{n}.  @var{c}
1404must be a one-letter name; @var{name} can be of arbitrary length.
1405@var{n} can be any @code{gtroff} numeric expression.  All register
1406assignments happen before loading any macro file (including the start-up
1407file).
1408
1409@item -F@var{dir}
1410Search @file{@var{dir}} for subdirectories @file{dev@var{name}}
1411(@var{name} is the name of the device), for the @file{DESC} file, and
1412for font files before looking in the standard directories.
1413
1414@item -M@var{dir}
1415Search directory @file{@var{dir}} for macro files before the standard
1416directories.
1417
1418@item -I@var{dir}
1419This option is as described in @ref{gsoelim}.  It implies the
1420@option{-s} option.
1421@end table
1422
1423
1424@c =====================================================================
1425
1426@node Environment, Invocation Examples, Groff Options, Invoking groff
1427@section Environment
1428@cindex environment variables
1429@cindex variables in environment
1430
1431There are also several environment variables (of the operating system,
1432not within @code{gtroff}) which can modify the behavior of @code{groff}.
1433
1434@table @code
1435@item GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX
1436@tindex GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX, environment variable
1437If this is set to @var{X}, then @code{groff} runs @code{@var{X}troff}
1438instead of @code{gtroff}.  This also applies to @code{tbl}, @code{pic},
1439@code{eqn}, @code{grn}, @code{refer}, and @code{soelim}.  It does not
1440apply to @code{grops}, @code{grodvi}, @code{grotty}, @code{pre-grohtml},
1441@code{post-grohtml}, @code{grolj4}, and @code{gxditview}.
1442
1443@c XXX document default values
1444
1445@item GROFF_TMAC_PATH
1446@tindex GROFF_TMAC_PATH, environment variable
1447A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for macro files
1448(before the default directories are tried).
1449
1450@c XXX document local and system macro dirs
1451
1452@item GROFF_TYPESETTER
1453@tindex GROFF_TYPESETTER, environment variable
1454The default output device.
1455
1456@item GROFF_FONT_PATH
1457@tindex GROFF_FONT_PATH, environment variable
1458A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for the
1459@code{dev}@var{name} directory (before the default directories are
1460tried).
1461
1462@item GROFF_BIN_PATH
1463@tindex GROFF_BIN_PATH, environment variable
1464This search path, followed by @code{PATH}, is used for commands executed
1465by @code{groff}.
1466
1467@item GROFF_TMPDIR
1468@tindex GROFF_TMPDIR, environment variable
1469@tindex TMPDIR, environment variable
1470The directory in which @code{groff} creates temporary files.  If this is
1471not set and @env{TMPDIR} is set, temporary files are created in that
1472directory.  Otherwise temporary files are created in a system-dependent
1473default directory (on Unix and GNU/Linux systems, this is usually
1474@file{/tmp}).  @code{grops}, @code{grefer}, @code{pre-grohtml}, and
1475@code{post-grohtml} can create temporary files in this directory.
1476@end table
1477
1478Note that MS-DOS and MS-Windows ports of @code{groff} use semi-colons,
1479rather than colons, to separate the directories in the lists described
1480above.
1481
1482
1483@c =====================================================================
1484
1485@node Invocation Examples,  , Environment, Invoking groff
1486@section Invocation Examples
1487@cindex invocation examples
1488@cindex examples of invocation
1489
1490This section lists several common uses of @code{groff} and the
1491corresponding command lines.
1492
1493@Example
1494groff file
1495@endExample
1496
1497@noindent
1498This command processes @file{file} without a macro package or a
1499preprocessor.  The output device is the default, @samp{ps}, and the
1500output is sent to @code{stdout}.
1501
1502@Example
1503groff -t -mandoc -Tascii file | less
1504@endExample
1505
1506@noindent
1507This is basically what a call to the @code{man} program does.
1508@code{gtroff} processes the manual page @file{file} with the
1509@file{mandoc} macro file (which in turn either calls the @file{man} or
1510the @file{mdoc} macro package), using the @code{tbl} preprocessor and
1511the @acronym{ASCII} output device.  Finally, the @code{less} pager
1512displays the result.
1513
1514@Example
1515groff -X -m me file
1516@endExample
1517
1518@noindent
1519Preview @file{file} with @code{gxditview}, using the @file{me} macro
1520package.  Since no @option{-T} option is specified, use the default
1521device (@samp{ps}).  Note that you can either say @w{@samp{-m me}} or
1522@w{@samp{-me}}; the latter is an anachronism from the early days of
1523@acronym{UNIX}.@footnote{The same is true for the other main macro
1524packages that come with @code{groff}: @file{man}, @file{mdoc},
1525@file{ms}, @file{mm}, and @file{mandoc}.  This won't work in general;
1526for example, to load @file{trace.tmac}, either @samp{-mtrace} or
1527@w{@samp{-m trace}} must be used.}
1528
1529@Example
1530groff -man -rD1 -z file
1531@endExample
1532
1533@noindent
1534Check @file{file} with the @file{man} macro package, forcing
1535double-sided printing -- don't produce any output.
1536
1537@menu
1538* grog::
1539@end menu
1540
1541@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1542
1543@node grog,  , Invocation Examples, Invocation Examples
1544@subsection @code{grog}
1545
1546@pindex grog
1547@code{grog} reads files, guesses which of the @code{groff} preprocessors
1548and/or macro packages are required for formatting them, and prints the
1549@code{groff} command including those options on the standard output.  It
1550generates one or more of the options @option{-e}, @option{-man},
1551@option{-me}, @option{-mm}, @option{-ms}, @option{-mdoc},
1552@option{-mdoc-old}, @option{-p}, @option{-R}, @option{-g}, @option{-G},
1553@option{-s}, and @option{-t}.
1554
1555A special file name @file{-} refers to the standard input.  Specifying
1556no files also means to read the standard input.  Any specified options
1557are included in the printed command.  No space is allowed between
1558options and their arguments.  The only options recognized are
1559@option{-C} (which is also passed on) to enable compatibility mode, and
1560@option{-v} (if it is the only parameter) to print the version number.
1561
1562For example,
1563
1564@Example
1565grog -Tdvi paper.ms
1566@endExample
1567
1568@noindent
1569guesses the appropriate command to print @file{paper.ms} and then prints
1570it to the command line after adding the @option{-Tdvi} option.  For
1571direct execution, enclose the call to @code{grog} in backquotes at the
1572@acronym{UNIX} shell prompt:
1573
1574@Example
1575`grog -Tdvi paper.ms` > paper.dvi
1576@endExample
1577
1578@noindent
1579As seen in the example, it is still necessary to redirect the output to
1580something meaningful (i.e.@: either a file or a pager program like
1581@code{less}).
1582
1583
1584
1585@c =====================================================================
1586@c =====================================================================
1587
1588@node Tutorial for Macro Users, Macro Packages, Invoking groff, Top
1589@chapter Tutorial for Macro Users
1590@cindex tutorial for macro users
1591@cindex macros, tutorial for users
1592@cindex user's tutorial for macros
1593@cindex user's macro tutorial
1594
1595Most users tend to use a macro package to format their papers.  This
1596means that the whole breadth of @code{groff} is not necessary for most
1597people.  This chapter covers the material needed to efficiently use a
1598macro package.
1599
1600@menu
1601* Basics::
1602* Common Features::
1603@end menu
1604
1605
1606@c =====================================================================
1607
1608@node Basics, Common Features, Tutorial for Macro Users, Tutorial for Macro Users
1609@section Basics
1610@cindex basics of macros
1611@cindex macro basics
1612
1613This section covers some of the basic concepts necessary to understand
1614how to use a macro package.@footnote{This section is derived from
1615@cite{Writing Papers with nroff using -me} by Eric P.@w{ }Allman.}
1616References are made throughout to more detailed information, if desired.
1617
1618@code{gtroff} reads an input file prepared by the user and outputs a
1619formatted document suitable for publication or framing.  The input
1620consists of text, or words to be printed, and embedded commands
1621(@dfn{requests} and @dfn{escapes}), which tell @code{gtroff} how to
1622format the output.  For more detail on this, see @ref{Embedded
1623Commands}.
1624
1625The word @dfn{argument} is used in this chapter to mean a word or number
1626which appears on the same line as a request, and which modifies the
1627meaning of that request.  For example, the request
1628
1629@Example
1630.sp
1631@endExample
1632
1633@noindent
1634spaces one line, but
1635
1636@Example
1637.sp 4
1638@endExample
1639
1640@noindent
1641spaces four lines.  The number@w{ }4 is an argument to the @code{sp}
1642request which says to space four lines instead of one.  Arguments are
1643separated from the request and from each other by spaces (@emph{no}
1644tabs).  More details on this can be found in @ref{Request Arguments}.
1645
1646The primary function of @code{gtroff} is to collect words from input
1647lines, fill output lines with those words, justify the right-hand margin
1648by inserting extra spaces in the line, and output the result.  For
1649example, the input:
1650
1651@Example
1652Now is the time
1653for all good men
1654to come to the aid
1655of their party.
1656Four score and seven
1657years ago,...
1658@endExample
1659
1660@noindent
1661is read, packed onto output lines, and justified to produce:
1662
1663@quotation
1664Now is the time for all good men to come to the aid of their party.
1665Four score and seven years ago,...
1666@end quotation
1667
1668@cindex break
1669@cindex line break
1670Sometimes a new output line should be started even though the current
1671line is not yet full; for example, at the end of a paragraph.  To do
1672this it is possible to cause a @dfn{break}, which starts a new output
1673line.  Some requests cause a break automatically, as normally do blank
1674input lines and input lines beginning with a space.
1675
1676Not all input lines are text to be formatted.  Some input lines are
1677requests which describe how to format the text.  Requests always have a
1678period (@samp{.}) or an apostrophe (@samp{'}) as the first character of
1679the input line.
1680
1681The text formatter also does more complex things, such as automatically
1682numbering pages, skipping over page boundaries, putting footnotes in the
1683correct place, and so forth.
1684
1685Here are a few hints for preparing text for input to @code{gtroff}.
1686
1687@itemize @bullet
1688@item
1689First, keep the input lines short.  Short input lines are easier to
1690edit, and @code{gtroff} packs words onto longer lines anyhow.
1691
1692@item
1693In keeping with this, it is helpful to begin a new line after every
1694comma or phrase, since common corrections are to add or delete sentences
1695or phrases.
1696
1697@item
1698End each sentence with two spaces -- or better, start each sentence on a
1699new line.  @code{gtroff} recognizes characters that usually end a
1700sentence, and inserts sentence space accordingly.
1701
1702@item
1703Do not hyphenate words at the end of lines -- @code{gtroff} is smart
1704enough to hyphenate words as needed, but is not smart enough to take
1705hyphens out and join a word back together.  Also, words such as
1706``mother-in-law'' should not be broken over a line, since then a space
1707can occur where not wanted, such as ``@w{mother- in}-law''.
1708@end itemize
1709
1710@rqindex ls
1711@cindex double spacing
1712@cindex spacing
1713@code{gtroff} double spaces output text automatically if you use the
1714request @w{@samp{.ls 2}}.  Reactivate single spaced mode by typing
1715@w{@samp{.ls 1}}.
1716
1717A number of requests allow to change the way the output looks,
1718sometimes called the @dfn{layout} of the output page.  Most of these
1719requests adjust the placing of @dfn{white space} (blank lines or
1720spaces).
1721
1722@cindex new page
1723The @samp{.bp} request starts a new page, causing a line break.
1724
1725@cindex blank line
1726@cindex empty line
1727@cindex line, empty
1728The request @w{@samp{.sp @var{N}}} leaves @var{N}@w{ }lines of blank
1729space.  @var{N}@w{ }can be omitted (meaning skip a single line) or can
1730be of the form @var{N}i (for @var{N}@w{ }inches) or @var{N}c (for
1731@var{N}@w{ }centimeters).  For example, the input:
1732
1733@Example
1734.sp 1.5i
1735My thoughts on the subject
1736.sp
1737@endExample
1738
1739@noindent
1740leaves one and a half inches of space, followed by the line ``My
1741thoughts on the subject'', followed by a single blank line (more
1742measurement units are available, see @ref{Measurements}).
1743
1744@rqindex ce
1745@cindex centering lines
1746@cindex lines, centering
1747Text lines can be centered by using the @code{ce} request.  The line
1748after @code{ce} is centered (horizontally) on the page.  To center more
1749than one line, use @w{@samp{.ce @var{N}}} (where @var{N} is the number
1750of lines to center), followed by the @var{N}@w{ }lines.  To center many
1751lines without counting them, type:
1752
1753@Example
1754.ce 1000
1755lines to center
1756.ce 0
1757@endExample
1758
1759@noindent
1760The @w{@samp{.ce 0}} request tells @code{groff} to center zero more
1761lines, in other words, stop centering.
1762
1763@rqindex br
1764@cindex line break
1765@cindex break
1766All of these requests cause a break; that is, they always start a new
1767line.  To start a new line without performing any other action, use
1768@code{br}.
1769
1770
1771@c =====================================================================
1772
1773@node Common Features,  , Basics, Tutorial for Macro Users
1774@section Common Features
1775@cindex common features
1776@cindex features, common
1777
1778@code{gtroff} provides very low-level operations for formatting a
1779document.  There are many common routine operations which are done in
1780all documents.  These common operations are written into @dfn{macros}
1781and collected into a @dfn{macro package}.
1782
1783All macro packages provide certain common capabilities which fall into
1784the following categories.
1785
1786@menu
1787* Paragraphs::
1788* Sections and Chapters::
1789* Headers and Footers::
1790* Page Layout Adjustment::
1791* Displays::
1792* Footnotes and Annotations::
1793* Table of Contents::
1794* Indices::
1795* Paper Formats::
1796* Multiple Columns::
1797* Font and Size Changes::
1798* Predefined Strings::
1799* Preprocessor Support::
1800* Configuration and Customization::
1801@end menu
1802
1803@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1804
1805@node Paragraphs, Sections and Chapters, Common Features, Common Features
1806@subsection Paragraphs
1807@cindex paragraphs
1808
1809One of the most common and most used capability is starting a
1810paragraph.  There are a number of different types of paragraphs, any
1811of which can be initiated with macros supplied by the macro package.
1812Normally, paragraphs start with a blank line and the first line
1813indented, like the text in this manual.  There are also block style
1814paragraphs, which omit the indentation:
1815
1816@Example
1817Some   men  look   at  constitutions   with  sanctimonious
1818reverence, and deem them like the ark of the covenant, too
1819sacred to be touched.
1820@endExample
1821
1822@noindent
1823And there are also indented paragraphs which begin with a tag or label
1824at the margin and the remaining text indented.
1825
1826@example
1827@group
1828one   This is  the first paragraph.  Notice  how the first
1829      line of  the resulting  paragraph lines up  with the
1830      other lines in the paragraph.
1831@end group
1832@group
1833longlabel
1834      This  paragraph   had  a  long   label.   The  first
1835      character of text on the first line does not line up
1836      with  the  text  on  second  and  subsequent  lines,
1837      although they line up with each other.
1838@end group
1839@end example
1840
1841A variation of this is a bulleted list.
1842
1843@c XXX description
1844
1845@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1846
1847@node Sections and Chapters, Headers and Footers, Paragraphs, Common Features
1848@subsection Sections and Chapters
1849
1850Most macro packages supply some form of section headers.  The simplest
1851kind is simply the heading on a line by itself in bold type.  Others
1852supply automatically numbered section heading or different heading
1853styles at different levels.  Some, more sophisticated, macro packages
1854supply macros for starting chapters and appendices.
1855
1856@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1857
1858@node Headers and Footers, Page Layout Adjustment, Sections and Chapters, Common Features
1859@subsection Headers and Footers
1860
1861Every macro package gives some way to manipulate the headers and footers
1862(or @dfn{titles}) on each page.  Some packages allow for different ones
1863on the even and odd pages (for material printed in a book form).
1864
1865The titles are called three-part titles, that is, there is a
1866left-justified part, a centered part, and a right-justified part.  An
1867automatically generated page number may be put in any of these fields
1868with the @samp{%} character (see @ref{Page Layout}, for more details).
1869
1870@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1871
1872@node Page Layout Adjustment, Displays, Headers and Footers, Common Features
1873@subsection Page Layout
1874
1875Most macro packages let the user specify top and bottom margins and
1876other details about the appearance of the printed pages.
1877
1878@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1879
1880@node Displays, Footnotes and Annotations, Page Layout Adjustment, Common Features
1881@subsection Displays
1882@cindex displays
1883
1884Displays are sections of text to be set off from the body of the paper.
1885Major quotes, tables, and figures are types of displays, as are all the
1886examples used in this document.
1887
1888@cindex quotes, major
1889@cindex major quotes
1890@dfn{Major quotes} are quotes which are several lines long, and hence
1891are set in from the rest of the text without quote marks around them.
1892
1893@cindex list
1894A @dfn{list} is an indented, single spaced, unfilled display.  Lists
1895should be used when the material to be printed should not be filled and
1896justified like normal text, such as columns of figures or the examples
1897used in this paper.
1898
1899@cindex keep
1900A @dfn{keep} is a display of lines which are kept on a single page if
1901possible.  An example for a keep might be a diagram.  Keeps differ from
1902lists in that lists may be broken over a page boundary whereas keeps are
1903not.
1904
1905@cindex keep, floating
1906@cindex floating keep
1907Floating keeps move relative to the text.  Hence, they are good for
1908things which are referred to by name, such as ``See figure@w{ }3''.  A
1909floating keep appears at the bottom of the current page if it fits;
1910otherwise, it appears at the top of the next page.  Meanwhile, the
1911surrounding text `flows' around the keep, thus leaving no blank areas.
1912
1913@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1914
1915@node Footnotes and Annotations, Table of Contents, Displays, Common Features
1916@subsection Footnotes and Annotations
1917@cindex footnotes
1918@cindex annotations
1919
1920There are a number of requests to save text for later printing.
1921
1922@dfn{Footnotes} are printed at the bottom of the current page.
1923
1924@cindex delayed text
1925@dfn{Delayed text} is very similar to a footnote except that it is
1926printed when called for explicitly.  This allows a list of references to
1927appear (for example) at the end of each chapter, as is the convention in
1928some disciplines.
1929
1930Most macro packages which supply this functionality also supply a means
1931of automatically numbering either type of annotation.
1932
1933@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1934
1935@node Table of Contents, Indices, Footnotes and Annotations, Common Features
1936@subsection Table of Contents
1937@cindex table of contents
1938@cindex contents, table of
1939
1940@dfn{Tables of contents} are a type of delayed text having a tag
1941(usually the page number) attached to each entry after a row of dots.
1942The table accumulates throughout the paper until printed, usually after
1943the paper has ended.  Many macro packages provide the ability to have
1944several tables of contents (e.g.@: a standard table of contents, a list
1945of tables, etc).
1946
1947@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1948
1949@node Indices, Paper Formats, Table of Contents, Common Features
1950@subsection Indices
1951@cindex index, in macro package
1952
1953While some macro packages use the term @dfn{index}, none actually
1954provide that functionality.  The facilities they call indices are
1955actually more appropriate for tables of contents.
1956
1957@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1958
1959@node Paper Formats, Multiple Columns, Indices, Common Features
1960@subsection Paper Formats
1961@cindex paper formats
1962
1963Some macro packages provide stock formats for various kinds of
1964documents.  Many of them provide a common format for the title and
1965opening pages of a technical paper.  The @file{mm} macros in particular
1966provide formats for letters and memoranda.
1967
1968@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1969
1970@node Multiple Columns, Font and Size Changes, Paper Formats, Common Features
1971@subsection Multiple Columns
1972
1973Some macro packages (but not @file{man}) provide the ability to have two
1974or more columns on a page.
1975
1976@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1977
1978@node Font and Size Changes, Predefined Strings, Multiple Columns, Common Features
1979@subsection Font and Size Changes
1980
1981The built-in font and size functions are not always intuitive, so all
1982macro packages provide macros to make these operations simpler.
1983
1984@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1985
1986@node Predefined Strings, Preprocessor Support, Font and Size Changes, Common Features
1987@subsection Predefined Strings
1988
1989Most macro packages provide various predefined strings for a variety of
1990uses; examples are sub- and superscripts, printable dates, quotes and
1991various special characters.
1992
1993@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
1995@node Preprocessor Support, Configuration and Customization, Predefined Strings, Common Features
1996@subsection Preprocessor Support
1997
1998All macro packages provide support for the various preprocessors and may
1999extend their functionality.
2000
2001For example, all macro packages mark tables (which are processed with
2002@code{gtbl}) by placing them between @code{.TS} and @code{.TE} macros.
2003The @file{ms} macro package has an option, @code{.TS@w{}H}, that prints
2004a caption at the top of a new page (when the table is too long to fit on
2005a single page).
2006
2007@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2008
2009@node Configuration and Customization,  , Preprocessor Support, Common Features
2010@subsection Configuration and Customization
2011
2012Some macro packages provide means of customizing many of the details of
2013how the package behaves.  This ranges from setting the default type size
2014to changing the appearance of section headers.
2015
2016
2017
2018@c =====================================================================
2019@c =====================================================================
2020
2021@node Macro Packages, gtroff Reference, Tutorial for Macro Users, Top
2022@chapter Macro Packages
2023@cindex macro packages
2024@cindex packages, macros
2025
2026This chapter documents the main macro packages that come with
2027@code{groff}.
2028
2029@menu
2030* man::
2031* mdoc::
2032* ms::
2033* me::
2034* mm::
2035@end menu
2036
2037
2038@c =====================================================================
2039
2040@node man, mdoc, Macro Packages, Macro Packages
2041@section @file{man}
2042@cindex @file{man}
2043@cindex manual pages
2044@pindex an.tmac
2045@pindex man.tmac
2046@pindex man-old.tmac
2047
2048This is the most popular and probably the most important macro package
2049of @code{groff}.  It is easy to use, and a vast majority of manual pages
2050are based on it.
2051
2052@menu
2053* Man options::
2054* Man usage::
2055* Man font macros::
2056* Miscellaneous man macros::
2057* Predefined man strings::
2058* Preprocessors in man pages::
2059@end menu
2060
2061@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2062
2063@node Man options, Man usage, man, man
2064@subsection Options
2065
2066The command line format for using the @file{man} macros with
2067@code{groff} is:
2068
2069@Example
2070groff -m man [ -rcR=1 ] [ -rC1 ] [ -rD1 ] [ -rP@var{nnn} ]
2071      [ -rS@var{xx} ] [ -rX@var{nnn} ] [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
2072@endExample
2073
2074@noindent
2075It is possible to use @samp{-man} instead of @w{@samp{-m man}}.
2076
2077@table @code
2078@item -rcR=1
2079This option (the default if a tty output device is used) creates a
2080single, very long page instead of multiple pages.  Use @code{-rcR=0}
2081to disable it.
2082
2083@item -rC1
2084If more than one manual page is given on the command line, number the
2085pages continuously, rather than starting each at@w{ }1.
2086
2087@item -rD1
2088Double-sided printing.  Footers for even and odd pages are formatted
2089differently.
2090
2091@item -rP@var{nnn}
2092Page numbering starts with @var{nnn} rather than with@w{ }1.
2093
2094@item -rS@var{xx}
2095Use @var{xx} (which can be 10, 11, or@w{ }12@dmn{pt}) as the base
2096document font size instead of the default value of@w{ }10@dmn{pt}.
2097
2098@item -rX@var{nnn}
2099After page @var{nnn}, number pages as @var{nnn}a, @var{nnn}b,
2100@var{nnn}c, etc.  For example, the option @option{-rX2} produces the
2101following page numbers: 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, etc.
2102@end table
2103
2104@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2105
2106@node Man usage, Man font macros, Man options, man
2107@subsection Usage
2108@cindex @code{man} macros
2109@cindex macros for manual pages
2110
2111@pindex man.local
2112This section describes the available macros for manual pages.  For
2113further customization, put additional macros and requests into the file
2114@file{man.local} which is loaded immediately after the @file{man}
2115package.
2116
2117@Defmac {TH, title section [@Var{extra1}] [@Var{extra2}] [@Var{extra3}]}
2118Set the title of the man page to @var{title} and the section to
2119@var{section}, which must have a value between 1 and@w{ }8.  The value
2120of @var{section} may also have a string appended, e.g.@: @samp{.pm},
2121to indicate a specific subsection of the man pages.
2122
2123Both @var{title} and @var{section} are positioned at the left and right
2124in the header line (with @var{section} in parentheses immediately
2125appended to @var{title}.  @var{extra1} is positioned in the middle of
2126the footer line.  @var{extra2} is positioned at the left in the footer
2127line (or at the left on even pages and at the right on odd pages if
2128double-sided printing is active).  @var{extra3} is centered in the
2129header line.
2130
2131For @acronym{HTML} output, headers and footers are completely suppressed.
2132
2133Additionally, this macro starts a new page; the new line number is@w{ }1
2134again (except if the @option{-rC1} option is given on the command line)
2135-- this feature is intended only for formatting multiple man pages; a
2136single man page should contain exactly one @code{TH} macro at the
2137beginning of the file.
2138@endDefmac
2139
2140@Defmac {SH, [@Var{heading}]}
2141Set up an unnumbered section heading sticking out to the left.  Prints
2142out all the text following @code{SH} up to the end of the line (or the
2143text in the next line if there is no argument to @code{SH}) in bold
2144face, one size larger than the base document size.  Additionally, the
2145left margin for the following text is reset to its default value.
2146@endDefmac
2147
2148@Defmac {SS, [@Var{heading}]}
2149Set up an unnumbered (sub)section heading.  Prints out all the text
2150following @code{SS} up to the end of the line (or the text in the next
2151line if there is no argument to @code{SS}) in bold face, at the same
2152size as the base document size.  Additionally, the left margin for the
2153following text is reset to its default value.
2154@endDefmac
2155
2156@Defmac {TP, [@Var{nnn}]}
2157Set up an indented paragraph with label.  The indentation is set to
2158@var{nnn} if that argument is supplied (the default unit is @samp{n}
2159if omitted), otherwise it is set to the default indentation value.
2160
2161The first line of text following this macro is interpreted as a string
2162to be printed flush-left, as it is appropriate for a label.  It is not
2163interpreted as part of a paragraph, so there is no attempt to fill the
2164first line with text from the following input lines.  Nevertheless, if
2165the label is not as wide as the indentation, then the paragraph starts
2166at the same line (but indented), continuing on the following lines.
2167If the label is wider than the indentation, then the descriptive part
2168of the paragraph begins on the line following the label, entirely
2169indented.  Note that neither font shape nor font size of the label is
2170set to a default value; on the other hand, the rest of the text has
2171default font settings.
2172@endDefmac
2173
2174@Defmac {LP}
2175@Defmacx {PP}
2176@Defmacx {P}
2177These macros are mutual aliases.  Any of them causes a line break at
2178the current position, followed by a vertical space downwards by the
2179amount specified by the @code{PD} macro.  The font size and shape are
2180reset to the default value (10@dmn{pt} roman).  Finally, the current
2181left margin is restored.
2182@endDefmac
2183
2184@Defmac {IP, [@Var{designator}] [@Var{nnn}]}
2185Set up an indented paragraph, using @var{designator} as a tag to mark
2186its beginning.  The indentation is set to @var{nnn} if that argument
2187is supplied (default unit is @samp{n}), otherwise the default
2188indentation value is used.  Font size and face of the paragraph (but
2189not the designator) are reset to their default values.  To start an
2190indented paragraph with a particular indentation but without a
2191designator, use @samp{""} (two double quotes) as the first argument of
2192@code{IP}.
2193
2194For example, to start a paragraph with bullets as the designator and
21954@dmn{en} indentation, write
2196
2197@Example
2198.IP \(bu 4
2199@endExample
2200@endDefmac
2201
2202@cindex hanging indentation, in manual pages
2203@Defmac {HP, [@Var{nnn}]}
2204Set up a paragraph with hanging left indentation.  The indentation is
2205set to @var{nnn} if that argument is supplied (default unit is
2206@samp{n}), otherwise the default indentation value is used.  Font size
2207and face are reset to their default values.
2208@endDefmac
2209
2210@cindex left margin, how to move, in manual pages
2211@Defmac {RS, [@Var{nnn}]}
2212Move the left margin to the right by the value @var{nnn} if specified
2213(default unit is @samp{n}); otherwise the default indentation value is
2214used.  Calls to the @code{RS} macro can be nested.
2215@endDefmac
2216
2217@Defmac {RE, [@Var{nnn}]}
2218Move the left margin back to level @var{nnn}; if no argument is given,
2219it moves one level back.  The first level (i.e., no call to @code{RS}
2220yet) has number@w{ }1, and each call to @code{RS} increases the level
2221by@w{ }1.
2222@endDefmac
2223
2224@maindex SH
2225@maindex SS
2226@maindex TP
2227@maindex LP
2228@maindex PP
2229@maindex P
2230@maindex IP
2231@maindex HP
2232To summarize, the following macros cause a line break with the insertion
2233of vertical space (which amount can be changed with the @code{PD}
2234macro): @code{SH}, @code{SS}, @code{TP}, @code{LP} (@code{PP},
2235@code{P}), @code{IP}, and @code{HP}.
2236
2237@maindex RS
2238@maindex RE
2239The macros @code{RS} and @code{RE} also cause a break but do not insert
2240vertical space.
2241
2242@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2243
2244@node Man font macros, Miscellaneous man macros, Man usage, man
2245@subsection Macros to set fonts
2246@cindex fonts in manual pages
2247@cindex @code{man}, how to set fonts
2248
2249The standard font is roman; the default text size is 10@w{ }point.
2250
2251@Defmac {SM, [@Var{text}]}
2252Set the text on the same line or the text on the next line in a font
2253that is one point size smaller than the default font.
2254@endDefmac
2255
2256@cindex boldface, in manual pages
2257@Defmac {SB, [@Var{text}]}
2258Set the text on the same line or the text on the next line in boldface
2259font, one point size smaller than the default font.
2260@endDefmac
2261
2262@Defmac {BI, text}
2263Set its arguments alternately in bold face and italic.  Thus,
2264
2265@Example
2266.BI this "word and" that
2267@endExample
2268
2269@noindent
2270would set ``this'' and ``that'' in bold face, and ``word and'' in
2271italics.
2272@endDefmac
2273
2274@Defmac {IB, text}
2275Set its arguments alternately in italic and bold face.
2276@endDefmac
2277
2278@Defmac {RI, text}
2279Set its arguments alternately in roman and italic.
2280@endDefmac
2281
2282@Defmac {IR, text}
2283Set its arguments alternately in italic and roman.
2284@endDefmac
2285
2286@Defmac {BR, text}
2287Set its arguments alternately in bold face and roman.
2288@endDefmac
2289
2290@Defmac {RB, text}
2291Set its arguments alternately in roman and bold face.
2292@endDefmac
2293
2294@Defmac {R, [@Var{text}]}
2295Set @var{text} in roman font.  If no text is present on the line where
2296the macro is called, then the text of the next line appears in roman.
2297This is the default font to which text is returned at the end of
2298processing of the other macros.
2299@endDefmac
2300
2301@Defmac {B, [@Var{text}]}
2302Set @var{text} in bold face.  If no text is present on the line where
2303the macro is called, then the text of the next line appears in bold
2304face.
2305@endDefmac
2306
2307@cindex italic, in manual pages
2308@Defmac {I, [@Var{text}]}
2309Set @var{text} in italic.  If no text is present on the line where the
2310macro is called, then the text of the next line appears in italic.
2311@endDefmac
2312
2313@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2314
2315@node Miscellaneous man macros, Predefined man strings, Man font macros, man
2316@subsection Miscellaneous macros
2317
2318@pindex grohtml
2319@cindex @file{man}, default indentation
2320@cindex default indentation, @file{man}
2321The default indentation is 7.2@dmn{n} for all output devices except for
2322@code{grohtml} which ignores indentation.
2323
2324@maindex TH
2325@cindex tab stops, in manual pages
2326@Defmac {DT}
2327Set tabs every 0.5@w{ }inches.  Since this macro is always called
2328during a @code{TH} request, it makes sense to call it only if the tab
2329positions have been changed.
2330@endDefmac
2331
2332@cindex empty space before a paragraph, in manual pages
2333@Defmac {PD, [@Var{nnn}]}
2334Adjust the empty space before a new paragraph (or section).  The
2335optional argument gives the amount of space (default unit is
2336@samp{v}); without parameter, the value is reset to its default value
2337(1@w{ }line for tty devices, 0.4@dmn{v}@w{ }otherwise).
2338@endDefmac
2339
2340@maindex SH
2341@maindex SS
2342@maindex TP
2343@maindex LP
2344@maindex PP
2345@maindex P
2346@maindex IP
2347@maindex HP
2348This affects the macros @code{SH}, @code{SS}, @code{TP}, @code{LP} (as
2349well as @code{PP} and @code{P}), @code{IP}, and @code{HP}.
2350
2351@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353@node Predefined man strings, Preprocessors in man pages, Miscellaneous man macros, man
2354@subsection Predefined strings
2355
2356The following strings are defined:
2357
2358@Defstr {*S}
2359Switch back to the default font size.
2360@endDefstr
2361
2362@Defstr {*R}
2363The `registered' sign.
2364@endDefstr
2365
2366@Defstr {Tm}
2367The `trademark' sign.
2368@endDefstr
2369
2370@glindex lq
2371@glindex rq
2372@Defstr {lq}
2373@Defstrx {rq}
2374Left and right quote.  This is equal to @code{\(lq} and @code{\(rq},
2375respectively.
2376@endDefstr
2377
2378@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2379
2380@node Preprocessors in man pages,  , Predefined man strings, man
2381@subsection Preprocessors in @file{man} pages
2382
2383@cindex preprocessor, calling convention
2384@cindex calling convention of preprocessors
2385If a preprocessor like @code{gtbl} or @code{geqn} is needed, it has
2386become common usage to make the first line of the man page look like
2387this:
2388
2389@Example
2390.\" @var{word}
2391@endExample
2392
2393@pindex geqn@r{, invocation in manual pages}
2394@pindex grefer@r{, invocation in manual pages}
2395@pindex gtbl@r{, invocation in manual pages}
2396@pindex man@r{, invocation of preprocessors}
2397@noindent
2398Note the single space character after the double quote.  @var{word}
2399consists of letters for the needed preprocessors: @samp{e} for
2400@code{geqn}, @samp{r} for @code{grefer}, @samp{t} for @code{gtbl}.
2401Modern implementations of the @code{man} program read this first line
2402and automatically call the right preprocessor(s).
2403
2404
2405@c =====================================================================
2406
2407@node mdoc, ms, man, Macro Packages
2408@section @file{mdoc}
2409@cindex @file{mdoc}
2410
2411@c XXX documentation
2412
2413
2414@c =====================================================================
2415
2416@node ms, me, mdoc, Macro Packages
2417@section @file{ms}
2418@cindex @file{ms}
2419
2420@c XXX documentation
2421
2422
2423@c =====================================================================
2424
2425@node me, mm, ms, Macro Packages
2426@section @file{me}
2427@cindex @file{me}
2428
2429@c XXX documentation
2430
2431
2432@c =====================================================================
2433
2434@node mm,  , me, Macro Packages
2435@section @file{mm}
2436@cindex @file{mm}
2437
2438@c XXX documentation
2439
2440
2441
2442@c =====================================================================
2443@c =====================================================================
2444
2445@node gtroff Reference, Preprocessors, Macro Packages, Top
2446@chapter @code{gtroff} Reference
2447@cindex reference, @code{gtroff}
2448@cindex @code{gtroff} reference
2449
2450This chapter covers @strong{all} of the facilities of @code{gtroff}.
2451Users of macro packages may skip it if not interested in details.
2452
2453
2454@menu
2455* Text::
2456* Input Conventions::
2457* Measurements::
2458* Expressions::
2459* Identifiers::
2460* Embedded Commands::
2461* Registers::
2462* Manipulating Filling and Adjusting::
2463* Manipulating Hyphenation::
2464* Manipulating Spacing::
2465* Tabs and Fields::
2466* Character Translations::
2467* Troff and Nroff Mode::
2468* Line Layout::
2469* Page Layout::
2470* Page Control::
2471* Fonts::
2472* Sizes::
2473* Strings::
2474* Conditionals and Loops::
2475* Writing Macros::
2476* Page Motions::
2477* Drawing Requests::
2478* Traps::
2479* Diversions::
2480* Environments::
2481* Suppressing output::
2482* I/O::
2483* Postprocessor Access::
2484* Miscellaneous::
2485* Gtroff Internals::
2486* Debugging::
2487* Implementation Differences::
2488* Summary::
2489@end menu
2490
2491
2492@c =====================================================================
2493
2494@node Text, Input Conventions, gtroff Reference, gtroff Reference
2495@section Text
2496@cindex text, @code{gtroff} processing
2497
2498@code{gtroff} input files contain text with control commands
2499interspersed throughout.  But, even without control codes, @code{gtroff}
2500still does several things with the input text:
2501
2502@itemize @bullet
2503@item
2504filling and adjusting
2505
2506@item
2507adding additional space after sentences
2508
2509@item
2510hyphenating
2511
2512@item
2513inserting implicit line breaks
2514@end itemize
2515
2516@menu
2517* Filling and Adjusting::
2518* Hyphenation::
2519* Sentences::
2520* Tab Stops::
2521* Implicit Line Breaks::
2522@end menu
2523
2524@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2525
2526@node Filling and Adjusting, Hyphenation, Text, Text
2527@subsection Filling and Adjusting
2528@cindex filling
2529@cindex adjusting
2530
2531When @code{gtroff} reads text, it collects words from the input and fits
2532as many of them together on one output line as it can.  This is known as
2533@dfn{filling}.
2534
2535@cindex leading spaces
2536@cindex spaces, leading and trailing
2537@cindex extra spaces
2538@cindex trailing spaces
2539Once @code{gtroff} has a @dfn{filled} line, it tries to @dfn{adjust}
2540it.  This means it widens the spacing between words until the text
2541reaches the right margin (in the default adjustment mode).  Extra spaces
2542between words are preserved, but spaces at the end of lines are ignored.
2543Spaces at the front of a line cause a @dfn{break} (breaks are
2544explained in @ref{Implicit Line Breaks})
2545
2546@xref{Manipulating Filling and Adjusting}.
2547
2548@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2549
2550@node Hyphenation, Sentences, Filling and Adjusting, Text
2551@subsection Hyphenation
2552@cindex hyphenation
2553
2554Since the odds are not great for finding a set of words, for every
2555output line, which fit nicely on a line without inserting excessive
2556amounts of space between words, @code{gtroff} hyphenates words so
2557that it can justify lines without inserting too much space between
2558words.  It uses an internal hyphenation algorithm (a simplified version
2559of the algorithm used within @TeX{}) to indicate which words can be
2560hyphenated and how to do so.  When a word is hyphenated, the first part
2561of the word is added to the current filled line being output (with
2562an attached hyphen), and the other portion is added to the next
2563line to be filled.
2564
2565@xref{Manipulating Hyphenation}.
2566
2567@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2568
2569@node Sentences, Tab Stops, Hyphenation, Text
2570@subsection Sentences
2571@cindex sentences
2572
2573Although it is often debated, some typesetting rules say there should be
2574different amounts of space after various punctuation marks.  For
2575example, the @cite{Chicago typsetting manual} says that a period at the
2576end of a sentence should have twice as much space following it as would
2577a comma or a period as part of an abbreviation.
2578
2579@c XXX exact citation of Chicago manual
2580
2581@cindex sentence space
2582@cindex space between sentences
2583@cindex french-spacing
2584@code{gtroff} does this by flagging certain characters (normally
2585@samp{!}, @samp{?}, and @samp{.}) as @dfn{end of sentence} characters.
2586When @code{gtroff} encounters one of these characters at the end of a
2587line, it appends a normal space followed by a @dfn{sentence space} in
2588the formatted output.  (This justifies one of the conventions mentioned
2589in @ref{Input Conventions}.)
2590
2591@cindex transparent characters
2592@cindex character, transparent
2593@glindex dg
2594@glindex rq
2595@cindex "
2596@cindex '
2597@cindex )
2598@cindex ]
2599@cindex *
2600In addition, the following characters or glyphs are treated
2601transparently while handling end of sentence characters: @samp{"},
2602@samp{'}, @samp{)}, @samp{]}, @samp{*}, @code{dg}, and @code{rq}.
2603
2604See the @code{cflags} request in @ref{Using Symbols}, for more details.
2605
2606@esindex \&
2607To prevent the insertion of extra space after an end of sentence
2608character (at the end of a line), append @code{\&}.
2609
2610@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2611
2612@node Tab Stops, Implicit Line Breaks, Sentences, Text
2613@subsection Tab Stops
2614@cindex tab stops
2615@cindex stops, tabulator
2616@cindex tab character
2617@cindex character, tabulator
2618
2619@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding
2620@code{gtroff} translates @dfn{tabulator characters}, also called
2621@dfn{tabs} (normally code point @acronym{ASCII} @code{0x09} or
2622@acronym{EBCDIC} @code{0x05}), in the input into movements to the next
2623tabulator stop.  These tab stops are initially located every half inch
2624across the page.  Using this, simple tables can be made easily.
2625However, it can often be deceptive as the appearance (and width) of the
2626text on a terminal and the results from @code{gtroff} can vary greatly.
2627
2628Also, a possible sticking point is that lines beginning with tab
2629characters are still filled, again producing unexpected results.
2630For example, the following input
2631
2632@multitable {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678}
2633@item
2634@tab 1 @tab 2 @tab 3
2635@item
2636@tab   @tab 4 @tab 5
2637@end multitable
2638
2639@noindent
2640produces
2641
2642@multitable {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678}
2643@item
2644@tab 1 @tab 2 @tab 3 @tab   @tab 4 @tab 5
2645@end multitable
2646
2647@xref{Tabs and Fields}.
2648
2649@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2650
2651@node Implicit Line Breaks,  , Tab Stops, Text
2652@subsection Implicit Line Breaks
2653@cindex implicit line breaks
2654@cindex implicit breaks of lines
2655@cindex line, implicit breaks
2656@cindex break, implicit
2657@cindex line break
2658
2659An important concept in @code{gtroff} is the @dfn{break}.  When a break
2660occurs, @code{gtroff} outputs the partially filled line
2661(unjustified), and resumes collecting and filling text on the next output
2662line.
2663
2664@cindex blank line
2665@cindex empty line
2666@cindex line, blank
2667@cindex blank line macro
2668@rqindex blm
2669There are several ways to cause a break in @code{gtroff}.  A blank
2670line not only causes a break, but it also outputs a one line vertical
2671space (effectively a blank line).  Note that this behaviour can be
2672modified with the blank line macro request @code{blm}.
2673
2674@c XXX xref for blm
2675
2676@cindex fill mode
2677@cindex mode, fill
2678A line that begins with a space causes a break and the space is
2679output at the beginning of the next line.  Note that this space isn't
2680adjusted, even in fill mode.
2681
2682The end of file also causes a break -- otherwise the last line of
2683the document may vanish!
2684
2685Certain requests also cause breaks, implicitly or explicitly.  This is
2686discussed in @ref{Manipulating Filling and Adjusting}.
2687
2688
2689@c =====================================================================
2690
2691@node Input Conventions, Measurements, Text, gtroff Reference
2692@section Input Conventions
2693@cindex input conventions
2694@cindex conventions for input
2695
2696Since @code{gtroff} does filling automatically, it is traditional in
2697@code{groff} not to try and type things in as nicely formatted
2698paragraphs.  These are some conventions commonly used when typing
2699@code{gtroff} text:
2700
2701@itemize @bullet
2702@item
2703Break lines after punctuation, particularly at the end of a sentence
2704and in other logical places.  Keep separate phrases on lines by
2705themselves, as entire phrases are often added or deleted when editing.
2706
2707@item
2708Try to keep lines less than 40-60@w{ }characters, to allow space for
2709inserting more text.
2710
2711@item
2712Do not try to do any formatting in a @acronym{WYSIWYG} manner (i.e.,
2713don't try using spaces to get proper indentation).
2714@end itemize
2715
2716
2717@c =====================================================================
2718
2719@node Measurements, Expressions, Input Conventions, gtroff Reference
2720@section Measurements
2721@cindex measurements
2722
2723@cindex units of measurement
2724@cindex basic units
2725@cindex machine units
2726@cindex measurement units
2727@cindex @code{u} unit
2728@cindex unit, @code{u}
2729@code{gtroff} (like many other programs) requires numeric parameters to
2730specify various measurements.  Most numeric parameters@footnote{those
2731that specify vertical or horizontal motion or a type size} may have a
2732@dfn{measurement unit} attached.  These units are specified as a single
2733character which immediately follows the number or expression.  Each of
2734these units are understood, by @code{gtroff}, to be a multiple of its
2735@dfn{basic unit}.  So, whenever a different measurement unit is
2736specified @code{gtroff} converts this into its @dfn{basic units}.  This
2737basic unit, represented by a @samp{u}, is a device dependent measurement
2738which is quite small, ranging from 1/75@dmn{th} to 1/72000@dmn{th} of an
2739inch.  The values may be given as fractional numbers; however,
2740fractional basic units are always rounded to integers.
2741
2742Some of the measurement units are completely independent of any of the
2743current settings (e.g.@: type size) of @code{gtroff}.
2744
2745@table @code
2746@item i
2747@cindex inch
2748@cindex @code{i} unit
2749@cindex unit, @code{i}
2750Inches.  An antiquated measurement unit still in use in certain
2751backwards countries with incredibly low-cost computer equipment.  One
2752inch is equal to@w{ }2.54@dmn{cm}.
2753
2754@item c
2755@cindex centimeter
2756@cindex @code{c} unit
2757@cindex unit, @code{c}
2758Centimeters.  One centimeter is equal to@w{ }0.3937@dmn{in}.
2759
2760@item p
2761@cindex points
2762@cindex @code{p} unit
2763@cindex unit, @code{p}
2764Points.  This is a typesetter's measurement used for measure type size.
2765It is 72@w{ }points to an inch.
2766
2767@item P
2768@cindex pica
2769@cindex @code{P} unit
2770@cindex unit, @code{P}
2771Pica.  Another typesetting measurement.  6@w{ }Picas to an inch (and
277212@w{ }points to a pica).
2773
2774@item s
2775@itemx z
2776@cindex @code{s} unit
2777@cindex unit, @code{s}
2778@cindex @code{z} unit
2779@cindex unit, @code{z}
2780@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for a discussion of these units.
2781@end table
2782
2783The other measurements understood by @code{gtroff} depend on
2784settings currently in effect in @code{gtroff}.  These are very useful
2785for specifying measurements which should look proper with any size of
2786text.
2787
2788@table @code
2789@item m
2790@cindex em unit
2791@cindex @code{m} unit
2792@cindex unit, @code{m}
2793Ems.  This unit is equal to the current font size in points.  So called
2794because it is @emph{approximately} the width of the letter@w{ }@samp{m}
2795in the current font.
2796
2797@item n
2798@cindex en unit
2799@cindex @code{n} unit
2800@cindex unit, @code{n}
2801Ens.  This is half of an em.
2802
2803@item v
2804@cindex vertical space
2805@cindex space, vertical
2806@cindex @code{v} unit
2807@cindex unit, @code{v}
2808Vertical space.  This is equivalent to the current line spacing.
2809@xref{Sizes}, for more information about this.
2810
2811@item M
2812@cindex @code{M} unit
2813@cindex unit, @code{M}
2814100ths of an em.
2815@end table
2816
2817@menu
2818* Default Units::
2819@end menu
2820
2821@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2822
2823@node Default Units,  , Measurements, Measurements
2824@subsection Default Units
2825@cindex default units
2826@cindex units, default
2827
2828Many requests take a default unit.  While this can be helpful at times,
2829it can cause strange errors in some expressions.  For example, the line
2830length request expects em units.  Here are several attempts to get a
2831line length of 3.5@w{ }inches and their results:
2832
2833@Example
28343.5i      @result{}   3.5i
28357/2       @result{}   0i
28367/2i      @result{}   0i
28377i/2      @result{}   0.1i
28387i/2u     @result{}   3.5i
2839@endExample
2840
2841@noindent
2842Everything is converted to basic units first.  In the above example it
2843is assumed that 1@dmn{i} equals@w{ }240@dmn{u}, and 1@dmn{m} equals@w{
2844}10@dmn{p} (thus 1@dmn{m} equals@w{ }33@dmn{u}).  The value 7@dmn{i}/2
2845is first handled as 7@dmn{i}/2@dmn{m}, then converted to
28461680@dmn{u}/66@dmn{u} which is 25@dmn{u}, and this is approximately
28470.1@dmn{i}.
2848
2849@cindex measurements, specifying safely
2850Thus, the safest way to specify measurements is to always
2851attach a scaling indicator.  If you want to multiply or divide by a
2852certain scalar value, use @samp{u} as the unit for that value.
2853
2854
2855@c =====================================================================
2856
2857@node Expressions, Identifiers, Measurements, gtroff Reference
2858@section Expressions
2859@cindex expressions
2860
2861@code{gtroff} has most arithmetic operators common to other languages:
2862
2863@c XXX more details; examples
2864
2865@itemize @bullet
2866@item
2867@cindex arithmetic operators
2868@cindex operators, arithmetic
2869@opindex +
2870@opindex -
2871@opindex /
2872@opindex *
2873@opindex %
2874Arithmetic: @samp{+} (addition), @samp{-} (subtraction), @samp{/}
2875(division), @samp{*} (multiplication), @samp{%} (modulo).
2876
2877@code{gtroff} only provides integer arithmetic.  The internal type used
2878for computing results is @samp{int}, which is usually a 32@dmn{bit}
2879signed integer.
2880
2881@item
2882@cindex comparison operators
2883@cindex operators, comparison
2884@opindex <
2885@opindex >
2886@opindex >=
2887@opindex <=
2888@opindex =
2889@opindex ==
2890Comparison: @samp{<} (less than), @samp{>} (greater than), @samp{<=}
2891(less than or equal), @samp{>=} (greater than or equal), @samp{=}
2892(equal), @samp{==} (the same as @samp{=}).
2893
2894@item
2895@cindex logical operators
2896@cindex operators, logical
2897@opindex &
2898@opindex :
2899Logical: @samp{&} (logical and), @samp{:} (logical or).
2900
2901@item
2902@cindex unary operators
2903@cindex operators, unary
2904@opindex -
2905@opindex +
2906@opindex !
2907@rqindex if
2908@rqindex while
2909@cindex @code{if}, and the @samp{!} operator
2910@cindex @code{while}, and the @samp{!} operator
2911Unary operators: @samp{-} (negating, i.e.@: changing the sign), @samp{+}
2912(just for completeness; does nothing in expressions), @samp{!} (logical
2913not; this works only within @code{if} and @code{while} requests).  See
2914below for the use of unary operators in motion requests.
2915
2916@item
2917@cindex extremum operators
2918@cindex operators, extremum
2919@opindex >?
2920@opindex <?
2921Extrema: @samp{>?} (maximum), @samp{<?} (minimum).  For example,
2922@samp{5>?3} yields@w{ }@samp{5}.
2923
2924@c XXX add examples
2925
2926@item
2927@cindex scaling operator
2928@cindex operator, scaling
2929Scaling: @code{(@var{c};@var{e})}.  Evaluate @var{e} using @var{c} as
2930the default scaling indicator.  If @var{c} is missing, ignore scaling
2931indicators in the evaluation of @var{e}.
2932@end itemize
2933
2934@cindex parentheses
2935@cindex order of evaluation in expressions
2936@cindex expression, order of evaluation
2937@opindex (
2938@opindex )
2939Parentheses may be used as in any other language.  However, in
2940@code{gtroff} they are necessary to ensure order of evaluation.
2941@code{gtroff} has no operator precedence; expressions are evaluated left
2942to right.  This means that @code{gtroff} evaluates @samp{3+5*4} as if it were
2943parenthesized like @samp{(3+5)*4}, not as @samp{3+(5*4)}, as might be
2944expected.
2945
2946@opindex +@r{, and page motion}
2947@opindex -@r{, and page motion}
2948@opindex |@r{, and page motion}
2949@cindex motion operators
2950@cindex operators, motion
2951For many requests which cause a motion on the page, the unary operators
2952work differently.  The @samp{+} and @samp{-} operators then indicate a
2953motion relative to the current position (down or up, respectively), and
2954the @samp{|} operator indicates an absolute position on the page or
2955input line.
2956@c XXX xref
2957@samp{+} and @samp{-} are also treated differently by the following
2958requests and escapes: @code{bp}, @code{in}, @code{ll}, @code{lt},
2959@code{nm}, @code{nr}, @code{pl}, @code{pn}, @code{po}, @code{ps},
2960@code{rt}, @code{ti}, @code{\R}, and @code{\s}.  Here the plus and minus
2961signs indicate increments and decrements.
2962
2963@c XXX add more xref
2964@xref{Setting Registers}.
2965
2966@cindex space characters in expressions
2967@cindex expressions and space characters
2968Due to the way arguments are parsed, spaces are not allowed in
2969expressions, unless the entire expression is surrounded by parentheses.
2970
2971@xref{Request Arguments}, and @ref{Conditionals and Loops}.
2972
2973
2974@c =====================================================================
2975
2976@node Identifiers, Embedded Commands, Expressions, gtroff Reference
2977@section Identifiers
2978@cindex identifiers
2979
2980Like any other language, @code{gtroff} has rules for properly formed
2981@dfn{identifiers}.  In @code{gtroff}, an identifier can be made up of
2982almost any printable character, with the exception of the following
2983characters:
2984
2985@itemize @bullet
2986@item
2987@cindex whitespace characters
2988@cindex newline character
2989@cindex character, whitespace
2990Whitespace characters (spaces, tabs, and newlines).
2991
2992@item
2993@cindex character, backspace
2994@cindex backspace character
2995@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding of backspace
2996Backspace (@acronym{ASCII}@w{ }@code{0x08} or @acronym{EBCDIC}@w{
2997}@code{0x16}) and character code @code{0x01}.
2998
2999@item
3000@cindex invalid input characters
3001@cindex input characters, invalid
3002@cindex characters, invalid input
3003@cindex unicode
3004The following input characters are invalid and are ignored if
3005@code{groff} runs on a machine based on @acronym{ASCII}, causing a
3006warning message of type @samp{input} (see @ref{Debugging}, for more
3007details): @code{0x00}, @code{0x0B}, @code{0x0D}-@code{0x1F},
3008@code{0x80}-@code{0x9F}.
3009
3010And here are the invalid input characters if @code{groff} runs on an
3011@acronym{EBCDIC} host: @code{0x00}, @code{0x08}, @code{0x09},
3012@code{0x0B}, @code{0x0D}-@code{0x14}, @code{0x17}-@code{0x1F},
3013@code{0x30}-@code{0x3F}.
3014
3015Currently, some of these reserved codepoints are used internally, thus
3016making it non-trivial to extend @code{gtroff} to cover Unicode or other
3017character sets and encodings which use characters of these ranges.
3018
3019Note that invalid characters are removed before parsing; an
3020identifier @code{foo}, followed by an invalid character, followed by
3021@code{bar} is treated as @code{foobar}.
3022@end itemize
3023
3024For example, any of the following is valid.
3025
3026@Example
3027br
3028PP
3029(l
3030end-list
3031@@_
3032@endExample
3033
3034@rqindex ]
3035@noindent
3036Note that identifiers longer than two characters with a closing bracket
3037(@samp{]}) in its name can't be accessed with escape sequences which
3038expect an identifier as a parameter.  For example, @samp{\[foo]]}
3039accesses the glyph @samp{foo}, followed by @samp{]}, whereas
3040@samp{\C'foo]'} really asks for glyph @samp{foo]}.
3041
3042@c XXX xref
3043
3044@Defesc {\\A, ', ident, '}
3045Test whether an identifier @var{ident} is valid in @code{gtroff}.  It
3046expands to the character@w{ }1 or@w{ }0 according to whether its
3047argument (usually delimited by quotes) is or is not acceptable as the
3048name of a string, macro, diversion, number register, environment, or
3049font.  It returns@w{ }0 if no argument is given.  This is useful for
3050looking up user input in some sort of associative table.
3051
3052@Example
3053\A'end-list'
3054    @result{} 1
3055@endExample
3056@endDefesc
3057
3058@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
3059
3060@c XXX add xrefs above
3061
3062Identifiers in @code{gtroff} can be any length, but, in some contexts,
3063@code{gtroff} needs to be told where identifiers end and text begins
3064(and in different ways depending on their length):
3065
3066@rqindex (
3067@rqindex [
3068@rqindex ]
3069@itemize @bullet
3070@item
3071Single character.
3072
3073@item
3074Two characters.  Must be prefixed with @samp{(} in some situations.
3075
3076@item
3077Arbitrary length (@code{gtroff} only).  Must be bracketed with @samp{[}
3078and@w{ }@samp{]} in some situations.  Any length identifier can be put
3079in brackets.
3080@end itemize
3081
3082@cindex undefined identifiers
3083@cindex indentifiers, undefined
3084Unlike many other programming languages, undefined identifiers are
3085silently ignored or expanded to nothing.
3086When @code{gtroff} finds an undefined identifier, it emits a
3087warning then:
3088
3089@itemize @bullet
3090@item
3091If the identifier is a string, macro, or diversion,
3092@code{gtroff} defines it as empty.
3093
3094@item
3095If the identifier is a number register, @code{gtroff}
3096defines it with a value of@w{ }0.
3097@end itemize
3098
3099@xref{Warnings}.
3100
3101@c XXX info about common identifier pool for strings and macros.
3102
3103@xref{Interpolating Registers}, and @ref{Strings}.
3104
3105
3106@c =====================================================================
3107
3108@node Embedded Commands, Registers, Identifiers, gtroff Reference
3109@section Embedded Commands
3110@cindex embedded commands
3111@cindex commands, embedded
3112
3113Most documents need more functionality beyond filling, adjusting and
3114implicit line breaking.  In order to gain further functionality,
3115@code{gtroff} allows commands to be embedded into the text, in two ways.
3116
3117The first is a @dfn{request} which takes up an entire line, and does
3118some large-scale operation (e.g.@: break lines, start new pages).
3119
3120The other is an @dfn{escape} which can be embedded anywhere in the text,
3121or even as an argument to a request.
3122@c XXX (Not always?)
3123Escapes generally do more minor operations like sub- and superscripts,
3124print a symbol, etc.
3125
3126@menu
3127* Requests::
3128* Macros::
3129* Escapes::
3130@end menu
3131
3132@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3133
3134@node Requests, Macros, Embedded Commands, Embedded Commands
3135@subsection Requests
3136@cindex requests
3137
3138@cindex control character
3139@cindex character, control
3140@cindex no-break control character
3141@cindex character, no-break control
3142@cindex control character, no-break
3143@rqindex '
3144@rqindex .
3145A request line begins with a control character, which is either a single
3146quote (@samp{'}, the @dfn{no-break control character}) or a period
3147(@samp{.}, the normal @dfn{control character}).  These can be changed;
3148see @ref{Character Translations}, for details.  After this there may be
3149optional tabs or spaces followed by an identifier which is the name of
3150the request.  This may be followed by any number of space-separated
3151arguments (@emph{no} tabs here).
3152
3153@cindex structuring source code of documents or macro packages
3154@cindex documents, structuring the source code
3155@cindex macro packages, strucuring the source code
3156Since a control character followed by whitespace only is ignored, it
3157is common practice to use this feature for structuring the source code
3158of documents or macro packages.
3159
3160@Example
3161.de foo
3162.  tm This is foo.
3163..
3164.
3165.
3166.de bar
3167.  tm This is bar.
3168..
3169@endExample
3170
3171@cindex blank line
3172@cindex blank line macro
3173@rqindex blm
3174Another possibility is to use the blank line macro request @code{blm}
3175by assigning an empty macro to it.
3176
3177@Example
3178.de do-nothing
3179..
3180.blm do-nothing  \" activate blank line macro
3181
3182.de foo
3183.  tm This is foo.
3184..
3185
3186
3187.de bar
3188.  tm This is bar.
3189..
3190
3191.blm             \" deactivate blank line macro
3192@endExample
3193
3194@c XXX xref to blm
3195
3196@cindex zero width space character
3197@cindex character, zero width space
3198@cindex space character, zero width
3199@esindex \&
3200@cindex @code{\&}, escaping control characters
3201To begin a line with a control character without it being interpreted,
3202precede it with @code{\&}.  This represents a zero width space, which
3203means it does not affect the output.
3204
3205In most cases the period is used as a control character.  Several
3206requests cause a break implicitly; using the single quote control
3207character prevents this.
3208
3209@menu
3210* Request Arguments::
3211@end menu
3212
3213@node Request Arguments,  , Requests, Requests
3214@subsubsection Request Arguments
3215@cindex request arguments
3216@cindex arguments to requests
3217
3218Arguments to requests (and macros) are processed much like the shell:
3219The line is split into arguments according to spaces.  An argument
3220which is intended to contain spaces can either be enclosed in double
3221quotes, or have the spaces @dfn{escaped} with backslashes.
3222
3223Here are a few examples:
3224
3225@Example
3226.uh The Mouse Problem
3227.uh "The Mouse Problem"
3228.uh The\ Mouse\ Problem
3229@endExample
3230
3231@esindex \~
3232@esindex \@key{SP}
3233@noindent
3234The first line is the @code{uh} macro being called with 3 arguments,
3235@samp{The}, @samp{Mouse}, and @samp{Problem}.  The latter two have the
3236same effect of calling the @code{uh} macro with one argument, @samp{The
3237Mouse Problem}.@footnote{The last solution, i.e., using escaped spaces,
3238is ``classical'' in the sense that it can be found in most @code{troff}
3239documents.  Nevertheless, it is not optimal in all situations, since
3240@w{@samp{\ }} inserts a fixed-width, non-breaking space character which
3241can't stretch.  @code{gtroff} provides a different command @code{\~} to
3242insert a stretchable, non-breaking space.}
3243
3244@cindex @code{"}, as a macro argument
3245@cindex double quote, as a macro argument
3246A double quote which isn't preceded by a space doesn't start a macro
3247argument.  If not closing a string, it is printed literally.
3248
3249For example,
3250
3251@Example
3252.xxx a" "b c" "de"fg"
3253@endExample
3254
3255@noindent
3256has the arguments @samp{a"}, @w{@samp{b c}}, @samp{de}, and @samp{fg"}.
3257
3258@rqindex ds
3259Duoble quotes in the @code{ds} request are handled differently.
3260@xref{Strings}, for more details.
3261
3262@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3263
3264@node Macros, Escapes, Requests, Embedded Commands
3265@subsection Macros
3266@cindex macros
3267
3268@code{gtroff} has a @dfn{macro} facility for defining a series of lines
3269which can be invoked by name.  They are called in the same manner as
3270requests -- arguments also may be passed in the same manner.
3271
3272@xref{Writing Macros}, and @ref{Request Arguments}.
3273
3274@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3275
3276@node Escapes,  , Macros, Embedded Commands
3277@subsection Escapes
3278@cindex escapes
3279
3280Escapes may occur anywhere in the input to @code{gtroff}.  They usually
3281begin with a backslash and are followed by a single character which
3282indicates the function to be performed.  The escape character can be
3283changed; see @ref{Character Translations}.
3284
3285@rqindex (
3286@rqindex [
3287@rqindex ]
3288Escape sequences which require an identifier as a parameter accept three
3289possible syntax forms.
3290
3291@itemize @bullet
3292@item
3293The next single character is the identifier.
3294
3295@item
3296If this single character is an opening parenthesis, take the following
3297two characters as the identifier.  Note that there is no closing
3298parenthesis after the identifier.
3299
3300@item
3301If this single character is an opening bracket, take all characters
3302until a closing bracket as the identifier.
3303@end itemize
3304
3305@noindent
3306Examples:
3307
3308@Example
3309\fB
3310\n(XX
3311\*[TeX]
3312@endExample
3313
3314@rqindex '
3315@cindex argument delimiting characters
3316@cindex characters, argument delimiting
3317@cindex delimiting characters for arguments
3318Other escapes may require several arguments and/or some special format.
3319In such cases the argument is traditionally enclosed in single quotes
3320(and quotes are always used in this manual for the definitions of escape
3321sequences).  The enclosed text is then processed according to what that
3322escape expects.  Example:
3323
3324@Example
3325\l'1.5i\(bu'
3326@endExample
3327
3328@esindex \o
3329@esindex \b
3330@esindex \X
3331Note that the quote character can be replaced with any other character
3332which does not occur in the argument (even a newline or a space
3333character) in the following escapes: @code{\o}, @code{\b}, and
3334@code{\X}.  This makes e.g.
3335
3336@Example
3337A caf
3338\o
3339e\'
3340
3341
3342in Paris
3343  @result{} A caf@'e in Paris
3344@endExample
3345
3346@noindent
3347possible, but it is better not to use this feature to avoid confusion.
3348
3349@esindex \%
3350@esindex \@key{SP}
3351@esindex \|
3352@esindex \^
3353@esindex \@{
3354@esindex \@}
3355@esindex \'
3356@esindex \`
3357@esindex \-
3358@esindex \_
3359@esindex \!
3360@esindex \?
3361@esindex \@@
3362@esindex \)
3363@esindex \/
3364@esindex \,
3365@esindex \&
3366@esindex \~
3367@esindex \0
3368@esindex \a
3369@esindex \c
3370@esindex \d
3371@esindex \e
3372@esindex \E
3373@esindex \p
3374@esindex \r
3375@esindex \t
3376@esindex \u
3377The following escapes sequences (which are handled similarly to
3378characters since they don't take a parameter) are also allowed as
3379delimiters: @code{\%}, @w{@samp{\ }}, @code{\|}, @code{\^}, @code{\@{},
3380@code{\@}}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!},
3381@code{\?}, @code{\@@}, @code{\)}, @code{\/}, @code{\,}, @code{\&},
3382@code{\~}, @code{\0}, @code{\a}, @code{\c}, @code{\d}, @code{\e},
3383@code{\E}, @code{\p}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\u}.  Again, don't
3384use these if possible.
3385
3386@esindex \A
3387@esindex \Z
3388@esindex \C
3389@esindex \w
3390No newline characters as delimiters are allowed in the following
3391escapes: @code{\A}, @code{\Z}, @code{\C}, and @code{\w}.
3392
3393@esindex \D
3394@esindex \h
3395@esindex \H
3396@esindex \l
3397@esindex \L
3398@esindex \N
3399@esindex \R
3400@esindex \s
3401@esindex \S
3402@esindex \v
3403@esindex \x
3404Finally, the escapes @code{\D}, @code{\h}, @code{\H}, @code{\l},
3405@code{\L}, @code{\N}, @code{\R}, @code{\s}, @code{\S}, @code{\v}, and
3406@code{\x} can't use the following characters as delimiters:
3407
3408@itemize @bullet
3409@item
3410@cindex numbers
3411@cindex digits
3412The digits @code{0}-@code{9}.
3413
3414@item
3415@cindex operators
3416@opindex +
3417@opindex -
3418@opindex /
3419@opindex *
3420@opindex %
3421@opindex <
3422@opindex >
3423@opindex =
3424@opindex &
3425@opindex :
3426@opindex (
3427@opindex )
3428@opindex .
3429The (single-character) operators @samp{+-/*%<>=&:().}.
3430
3431@item
3432@cindex space character
3433@cindex character, space
3434@cindex tab character
3435@cindex character, tab
3436@cindex newline character
3437@cindex character, newline
3438The space, tab, and newline characters.
3439
3440@item
3441@esindex \%
3442@esindex \@{
3443@esindex \@}
3444@esindex \'
3445@esindex \`
3446@esindex \-
3447@esindex \_
3448@esindex \!
3449@esindex \@@
3450@esindex \/
3451@esindex \c
3452@esindex \e
3453@esindex \p
3454All escape sequences except @code{\%}, @code{\@{}, @code{\@}},
3455@code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!}, @code{\@@},
3456@code{\/}, @code{\c}, @code{\e}, and @code{\p}.
3457@end itemize
3458
3459@esindex \\
3460@esindex \e
3461@esindex \E
3462To have a backslash (actually, the current escape character) appear in the
3463output several escapes are defined: @code{\\}, @code{\e} or @code{\E}.
3464These are very similar, and only differ with respect to being used in
3465macros or diversions.  @xref{Copy-in Mode}, and @ref{Diversions}, for
3466more information.
3467
3468@c XXX explanation of \E
3469
3470@xref{Identifiers}, and @ref{Character Translations}.
3471
3472@menu
3473* Comments::
3474@end menu
3475
3476@node Comments,  , Escapes, Escapes
3477@subsubsection Comments
3478@cindex comments
3479
3480Probably one of the most@footnote{Unfortunately, this is a lie.  But
3481hopefully future @code{gtroff} hackers will believe it @code{:-)}}
3482common forms of escapes is the comment.
3483
3484@Defesc {\\", , , }
3485Start a comment.  Everything to the end of the input line is ignored.
3486
3487This may sound simple, but it can be tricky to keep the comments from
3488interfering with the appearance of the final output.
3489
3490@rqindex ds
3491@rqindex as
3492If the escape is to the right of some text or a request, that portion
3493of the line is ignored, but the space leading up to it is noticed by
3494@code{gtroff}.  This only affects the @code{.ds} and @code{.as}
3495request.
3496
3497@cindex tabs before comments
3498@cindex comments, lining up with tabs
3499One possibly irritating idiosyncracy is that tabs must not be used to
3500line up comments.  Tabs are not treated as white space between the
3501request and macro arguments.
3502
3503@cindex undefined request
3504@cindex request, undefined
3505A comment on a line by itself is treated as a blank line, because
3506after eliminating the comment, that is all that remains:
3507
3508@Example
3509Test
3510\" comment
3511Test
3512@endExample
3513
3514@noindent
3515produces
3516
3517@Example
3518Test
3519
3520Test
3521@endExample
3522
3523To avoid this, it is common to start the line with @code{.\"} which
3524causes the line to be treated as an undefined request and thus ignored
3525completely.
3526
3527@rqindex '
3528Another commenting scheme seen sometimes is three consecutive single
3529quotes (@code{'''}) at the beginning of a line.  This works, but
3530@code{gtroff} gives a warning about an undefined macro (namely
3531@code{''}), which is harmless, but irritating.
3532@endDefesc
3533
3534@Defesc {\\#, , , }
3535To avoid all this, @code{gtroff} has a new comment mechanism using the
3536@code{\#} escape.  This escape works the same as @code{\"} except that
3537the newline is also ignored:
3538
3539@Example
3540Test
3541\# comment
3542Test
3543@endExample
3544
3545@noindent
3546produces
3547
3548@Example
3549Test Test
3550@endExample
3551
3552@noindent
3553as expected.
3554@endDefesc
3555
3556@Defreq {ig, yy}
3557Ignore all input until @code{gtroff} encounters the macro named
3558@code{.}@var{yy} on a line by itself (or @code{..} if @var{yy} is not
3559specified).  This is useful for commenting out large blocks of text:
3560
3561@Example
3562text text text...
3563.ig
3564This is part of a large block
3565of text that has been
3566temporarily(?) commented out.
3567
3568We can restore it simply by removing
3569the .ig request and the ".." at the
3570end of the block.
3571..
3572More text text text...
3573@endExample
3574
3575@noindent
3576produces
3577
3578@Example
3579text text text@dots{}  More text text text@dots{}
3580@endExample
3581
3582@noindent
3583Note that the commented-out block of text does not
3584cause a break.
3585
3586The input is read in copy-mode; auto-incremented registers @emph{are}
3587affected (@pxref{Auto-increment}).
3588@endDefreq
3589
3590
3591@c =====================================================================
3592
3593@node Registers, Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, Embedded Commands, gtroff Reference
3594@section Registers
3595@cindex registers
3596
3597Numeric variables in @code{gtroff} are called @dfn{registers}.  There
3598are a number of built-in registers, supplying anything from the date to
3599details of formatting parameters.
3600
3601@xref{Identifiers}, for details on register identifiers.
3602
3603@menu
3604* Setting Registers::
3605* Interpolating Registers::
3606* Auto-increment::
3607* Assigning Formats::
3608* Built-in Registers::
3609@end menu
3610
3611@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3612
3613@node Setting Registers, Interpolating Registers, Registers, Registers
3614@subsection Setting Registers
3615@cindex setting registers
3616@cindex registers, setting
3617
3618Define or set registers using the @code{nr} request or the
3619@code{\R} escape.
3620
3621@Defreq {nr, ident value}
3622@Defescx {\\R, ', ident value, '}
3623Set number register @var{ident} to @var{value}.  If @var{ident}
3624doesn't exist, @code{gtroff} creates it.
3625
3626The argument to @code{\R} usually has to be enclosed in quotes.
3627@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
3628@endDefreq
3629
3630For example, the following two lines are equivalent:
3631
3632@Example
3633.nr a 1
3634\R'a 1'
3635@endExample
3636
3637Both @code{nr} and @code{\R} have two additional special forms to
3638increment or decrement a register.
3639
3640@Defreq {nr, ident @t{+}@Var{value}}
3641@Defreqx {nr, ident @t{-}@Var{value}}
3642@Defescx {\\R, ', ident @t{+}@Var{value}, '}
3643@Defescx {\\R, ', ident @t{-}@Var{value}, '}
3644Increment (decrement) register @var{ident} by @var{value}.
3645
3646@Example
3647.nr a 1
3648.nr a +1
3649\na
3650    @result{} 2
3651@endExample
3652
3653@cindex negating register values
3654To assign the negated value of a register to another register, some care
3655must be taken to get the desired result:
3656
3657@Example
3658.nr a 7
3659.nr b 3
3660.nr a -\nb
3661\na
3662    @result{} 4
3663.nr a (-\nb)
3664\na
3665    @result{} -3
3666@endExample
3667
3668@noindent
3669The surrounding parentheses prevent the interpretation of the minus sign
3670as a decrementing operator.  An alternative is to start the assignment
3671with a @samp{0}:
3672
3673@Example
3674.nr a 7
3675.nr b -3
3676.nr a \nb
3677\na
3678    @result{} 4
3679.nr a 0\nb
3680\na
3681    @result{} -3
3682@endExample
3683@endDefreq
3684
3685@Defreq {rr, ident}
3686Remove number register @var{ident}.  If @var{ident} doesn't exist, the
3687request is ignored.
3688@endDefreq
3689
3690@Defreq {rnn, ident1 ident2}
3691Rename number register @var{ident1} to @var{ident2}.  If either
3692@var{ident1} or @var{ident2} doesn't exist, the request is ignored.
3693@endDefreq
3694
3695@Defreq {aln, ident1 ident2}
3696Create an alias @var{ident1} for a number register @var{ident2}.  The
3697new name and the old name are exactly equivalent.  If @var{ident1} is
3698undefined, a warning of type @samp{reg} is generated, and the request
3699is ignored.  @xref{Debugging}, for information about warnings.
3700@endDefreq
3701
3702@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3703
3704@node Interpolating Registers, Auto-increment, Setting Registers, Registers
3705@subsection Interpolating Registers
3706@cindex interpolating registers
3707@cindex registers, interpolating
3708
3709Numeric registers can be accessed via the @code{\n} escape.
3710
3711@cindex nested assignments
3712@cindex assignments, nested
3713@cindex indirect assignments
3714@cindex assignments, indirect
3715@Defesc {\\n, , i, }
3716@Defescx {\\n, @lparen{}, id, }
3717@Defescx {\\n, @lbrack{}, ident, @rbrack}
3718Interpolate number register with name @var{ident} (one-character name
3719@var{i}, two-character name @var{id}).  This means that the value of
3720the register is expanded in-place while @code{gtroff} is parsing the
3721input line.  Nested assignments (also called indirect assignments) are
3722possible.
3723
3724@Example
3725.nr a 5
3726.nr as \na+\na
3727\n(as
3728    @result{} 10
3729@endExample
3730
3731@Example
3732.nr a1 5
3733.nr ab 6
3734.ds str b
3735.ds num 1
3736\n[a\n[num]]
3737    @result{} 5
3738\n[a\*[str]]
3739    @result{} 6
3740@endExample
3741@endDefesc
3742
3743@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3744
3745@node Auto-increment, Assigning Formats, Interpolating Registers, Registers
3746@subsection Auto-increment
3747@cindex auto-increment
3748@cindex increment, automatic
3749
3750Number registers can also be auto-incremented and auto-decremented.
3751The increment or decrement value can be specified with a third
3752argument to the @code{nr} request or @code{\R} escape.
3753
3754@esindex \R
3755@Defreq {nr, ident value incr}
3756Set number register @var{ident} to @var{value}; the increment for
3757auto-incrementing is set to @var{incr}.  Note that the @code{\R}
3758escape doesn't support this notation.
3759@endDefreq
3760
3761To activate auto-incrementing, the escape @code{\n} has a special
3762syntax form.
3763
3764@Defesc {\\n, +, i, }
3765@Defescx {\\n, -, i, }
3766@Defescx {\\n, @lparen{}+, id, }
3767@Defescx {\\n, @lparen{}-, id, }
3768@Defescx {\\n, +@lparen{}, id, }
3769@Defescx {\\n, -@lparen{}, id, }
3770@Defescx {\\n, @lbrack{}+, ident, @rbrack{}}
3771@Defescx {\\n, @lbrack{}-, ident, @rbrack{}}
3772@Defescx {\\n, +@lbrack{}, ident, @rbrack{}}
3773@Defescx {\\n, -@lbrack{}, ident, @rbrack{}}
3774Before interpolating, increment or decrement @var{ident}
3775(one-character name @var{i}, two-character name @var{id}) by the
3776auto-increment value as specified with the @code{nr} request (or the
3777@code{\R} escape).  If no auto-increment value has been specified,
3778these syntax forms are identical to @code{\n}.
3779@endDefesc
3780
3781For example,
3782
3783@Example
3784.nr a 0 1
3785.nr xx 0 5
3786.nr foo 0 -2
3787\n+a, \n+a, \n+a, \n+a, \n+a
3788.br
3789\n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx
3790.br
3791\n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo]
3792@endExample
3793
3794@noindent
3795produces
3796
3797@Example
37981, 2, 3, 4, 5
3799-5, -10, -15, -20, -25
3800-2, -4, -6, -8, -10
3801@endExample
3802
3803@cindex increment value without changing the register
3804To change the increment value without changing the value of a register
3805(@var{a} in the example), the following can be used:
3806
3807@Example
3808.nr a \na 10
3809@endExample
3810
3811@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3812
3813@node Assigning Formats, Built-in Registers, Auto-increment, Registers
3814@subsection Assigning Formats
3815@cindex assigning formats
3816@cindex formats, assigning
3817
3818When a register is used in the text of an input file (as opposed to
3819part of an expression), it is textually replaced (or interpolated)
3820with a representation of that number.  This output format can be
3821changed to a variety of formats (numbers, Roman numerals, etc.).  This
3822is done using the @code{af} request.
3823
3824@Defreq {af, ident format}
3825Change the output format of a number register.  The first argument
3826@var{ident} is the name of the number register to be changed, and the
3827second argument @var{format} is the output format.  The following
3828output formats are available:
3829
3830@table @code
3831@item 1
3832Decimal arabic numbers.  This is the default format: 0, 1, 2, 3,@w{
3833}@enddots{}
3834
3835@item 0@dots{}0
3836Decimal numbers with as many digits as specified.  So, @samp{00} would
3837result in printing numbers as 01, 02, 03,@w{ }@enddots{}
3838
3839In fact, any digit instead of zero will do; @code{gtroff} only counts
3840how many digits are specified.  As a consequence, @code{af}'s default
3841format @samp{1} could be specified as @samp{0} also (and exactly this is
3842returned by the @code{\g} escape, see below).
3843
3844@item I
3845@cindex Roman numerals
3846@cindex numerals, Roman
3847Upper-case Roman numerals: 0, I, II, III, IV,@w{ }@enddots{}
3848
3849@item i
3850Lower-case Roman numerals: 0, i, ii, iii, iv,@w{ }@enddots{}
3851
3852@item A
3853Upper-case letters: 0, A, B, C, @dots{},@w{ }Z, AA, AB,@w{ }@enddots{}
3854
3855@item a
3856Lower-case letters: 0, a, b, c, @dots{},@w{ }z, aa, ab,@w{ }@enddots{}
3857@end table
3858
3859Omitting the number register format causes a warning of type
3860@samp{missing}.  @xref{Debugging}, for more details.  Specifying a
3861nonexistent format causes an error.
3862
3863The following example produces @samp{10, X, j, 010}:
3864
3865@Example
3866.nr a 10
3867.af a 1           \" the default format
3868\na,
3869.af a I
3870\na,
3871.af a a
3872\na,
3873.af a 001
3874\na
3875@endExample
3876
3877@cindex Roman numerals, maximum and minimum
3878@cindex maximum values of Roman numerals
3879@cindex minimum values of Roman numerals
3880The largest number representable for the @samp{i} and @samp{I} formats
3881is 39999 (or @minus{}39999); @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} uses @samp{z}
3882and @samp{w} to represent 10000 and 5000 in Roman numerals, and so does
3883@code{gtroff}.  Currently, the correct glyphs of Roman numeral five
3884thousand and Roman numeral ten thousand (Unicode code points
3885@code{U+2182} and @code{U+2181}, respectively) are not available.
3886
3887If @var{ident} doesn't exist, it is created.
3888
3889@cindex read-only register, changing format
3890@cindex changing format, read-only register
3891Changing the output format of a read-only register causes an error.  It
3892is necessary to first copy the register's value to a writeable register,
3893then apply the @code{af} request to this other register.
3894@endDefreq
3895
3896@cindex format of register
3897@cindex register, format
3898@Defesc {\\g, , i, }
3899@Defescx {\\g, @lparen{}, id, }
3900@Defescx {\\g, @lbrack{}, ident, @rbrack{}}
3901Return the current format of the specified register @var{ident}
3902(one-character name @var{i}, two-character name @var{id}).  For
3903example, @samp{\ga} after the previous example would produce the
3904string @samp{000}.  If the register hasn't been defined yet, nothing
3905is returned.
3906@endDefesc
3907
3908@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3909
3910@node Built-in Registers,  , Assigning Formats, Registers
3911@subsection Built-in Registers
3912@cindex built-in registers
3913@cindex registers, built-in
3914
3915The following lists some built-in registers which are not described
3916elsewhere in this manual.  Any register which begins with a @samp{.} is
3917read-only.  A complete listing of all built-in registers can be found in
3918@ref{Register Index}.
3919
3920@table @code
3921@item .H
3922@cindex horizontal resolution register
3923@cindex resolution, horizontal, register
3924@vindex .H
3925Horizontal resolution in basic units.
3926
3927@item .V
3928@cindex vertical resolution register
3929@cindex resolution, vertical, register
3930@vindex .V
3931Vertical resolution in basic units.
3932
3933@item dw
3934@cindex day of the week register
3935@cindex date, day of the week register
3936@vindex dw
3937Day of the week (1-7).
3938
3939@item dy
3940@cindex day of the month register
3941@cindex date, day of the month register
3942@vindex dy
3943Day of the month (1-31).
3944
3945@item mo
3946@cindex month of the year register
3947@cindex date, month of the year register
3948@vindex mo
3949Current month (1-12).
3950
3951@item year
3952@cindex date, year register
3953@cindex year, current, register
3954@vindex year
3955The current year.
3956
3957@item yr
3958@vindex yr
3959The current year minus@w{ }1900.  Unfortunately, the documentation of
3960@acronym{UNIX} Version@w{ }7's @code{troff} had a year@w{ }2000 bug: It
3961incorrectly claimed that @code{yr} contains the last two digits of the
3962year.  That claim has never been true of either traditional @code{troff}
3963or GNU @code{troff}.  Old @code{troff} input that looks like this:
3964
3965@Example
3966'\" The following line stopped working after 1999
3967This document was formatted in 19\n(yr.
3968@endExample
3969
3970@noindent
3971can be corrected as follows:
3972
3973@Example
3974This document was formatted in \n[year].
3975@endExample
3976
3977@noindent
3978or, to be portable to older @code{troff} versions, as follows:
3979
3980@Example
3981.nr y4 1900+\n(yr
3982This document was formatted in \n(y4.
3983@endExample
3984
3985@item .c
3986@vindex .c
3987@itemx c.
3988@vindex c.
3989@cindex input line number register
3990@cindex line number, input, register
3991The current @emph{input} line number.  Register @samp{.c} is read-only,
3992whereas @samp{c.} (a @code{gtroff} extension) is writable also,
3993affecting both @samp{.c} and @samp{c.}.
3994
3995@item ln
3996@vindex ln
3997@rqindex nm
3998@cindex output line number register
3999@cindex line number, output, register
4000The current @emph{output} line number after a call to the @code{nm}
4001request to activate line numbering.
4002
4003@xref{Miscellaneous}, for more information about line numbering.
4004
4005@item .x
4006@vindex .x
4007@cindex major version number register
4008@cindex version number, major, register
4009The major version number.  For example, if the version number is@w{
4010}1.03 then @code{.x} contains@w{ }@samp{1}.
4011
4012@item .y
4013@vindex .y
4014@cindex minor version number register
4015@cindex version number, minor, register
4016The minor version number.  For example, if the version number is@w{
4017}1.03 then @code{.y} contains@w{ }@samp{03}.
4018
4019@item .Y
4020@vindex .Y
4021@cindex revision number register
4022The revision number of @code{groff}.
4023
4024@item .g
4025@vindex .g
4026@cindex @code{gtroff} identification register
4027@cindex GNU-specific register
4028Always@w{ }1.  Macros should use this to determine whether they are
4029running under GNU @code{troff}.
4030
4031@item .A
4032@vindex .A
4033@cindex @acronym{ASCII} approximation output register
4034If the command line option @option{-a} is used to produce an
4035@acronym{ASCII} approximation of the output, this is set to@w{ }1, zero
4036otherwise.  @xref{Groff Options}.
4037
4038@item .P
4039@vindex .P
4040This register is set to@w{ }1 (and to@w{ }0 otherwise) if the current
4041page is actually being printed, i.e., if the @option{-o} option is being
4042used to only print selected pages.  @xref{Groff Options}, for more
4043information.
4044
4045@item .T
4046@vindex .T
4047If @code{gtroff} is called with the @option{-T} command line option, the
4048number register @code{.T} is set to@w{ }1, and zero otherwise.
4049@xref{Groff Options}.
4050
4051@stindex .T
4052@cindex output device register
4053Additionally, @code{gtroff} predefines a single read-write string
4054register @code{.T} which contains the current output device (for
4055example, @samp{latin1} or @samp{ps}).
4056@end table
4057
4058
4059@c =====================================================================
4060
4061@node Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, Manipulating Hyphenation, Registers, gtroff Reference
4062@section Manipulating Filling and Adjusting
4063@cindex manipulating filling and adjusting
4064@cindex filling and adjusting, manipulating
4065@cindex adjusting and filling, manipulating
4066@cindex justifying text
4067@cindex text, justifying
4068
4069@cindex break
4070@cindex line break
4071@rqindex bp
4072@rqindex ce
4073@rqindex cf
4074@rqindex fi
4075@rqindex fl
4076@rqindex in
4077@rqindex nf
4078@rqindex rj
4079@rqindex sp
4080@rqindex ti
4081@rqindex trf
4082Various ways of causing @dfn{breaks} were given in @ref{Implicit Line
4083Breaks}.  The @code{br} request likewise causes a break.  Several
4084other requests also cause breaks, but implicitly.  These are
4085@code{bp}, @code{ce}, @code{cf}, @code{fi}, @code{fl}, @code{in},
4086@code{nf}, @code{rj}, @code{sp}, @code{ti}, and @code{trf}.
4087
4088@Defreq {br, }
4089Break the current line, i.e., the input collected so far is emitted
4090without adjustment.
4091
4092If the no-break control character is used, @code{gtroff} suppresses
4093the break:
4094
4095@Example
4096a
4097'br
4098b
4099    @result{} a b
4100@endExample
4101@endDefreq
4102
4103Initially, @code{gtroff} fills and adjusts text to both margins.
4104Filling can be disabled via the @code{nf} request and re-enabled with
4105the @code{fi} request.
4106
4107@cindex fill mode
4108@cindex mode, fill
4109@Defreq {fi, }
4110@Defregx {.u}
4111Activate fill mode (which is the default).  This request implicitly
4112enables adjusting; it also inserts a break in the text currently being
4113filled.  The read-only number register @code{.u} is set to@w{ }1.
4114
4115The fill mode status is associated with the current environment
4116(@pxref{Environments}).
4117@endDefreq
4118
4119@cindex no-fill mode
4120@cindex mode, no-fill
4121@Defreq {nf, }
4122Activate no-fill mode.  Input lines are output as-is, retaining line
4123breaks and ignoring the current line length.  This command implicitly
4124disables adjusting; it also causes a break.  The number register
4125@code{.u} is set to@w{ }0.
4126
4127The fill mode status is associated with the current environment
4128(@pxref{Environments}).
4129@endDefreq
4130
4131@Defreq {ad, [@Var{mode}]}
4132@Defregx {.j}
4133Set adjusting mode.
4134
4135Activation and deactivation of adjusting is done implicitly with
4136calls to the @code{fi} or @code{nf} requests.
4137
4138@var{mode} can have one of the following values:
4139
4140@table @code
4141@item l
4142@cindex ragged-right
4143Adjust text to the left margin.  This produces what is traditionally
4144called ragged-right text.
4145
4146@item r
4147@cindex ragged-left
4148Adjust text to the right margin, producing ragged-left text.
4149
4150@item c
4151@cindex centered text
4152@rqindex ce
4153Center filled text.  This is different to the @code{ce} request which
4154only centers text without filling.
4155
4156@item b
4157@itemx n
4158Justify to both margins.  This is the default used by @code{gtroff}.
4159@end table
4160
4161With no argument, @code{gtroff} adjusts lines in the same way it did
4162before adjusting was deactivated (with a call to @code{na}, for
4163example).
4164
4165@Example
4166text
4167.ad r
4168text
4169.ad c
4170text
4171.na
4172text
4173.ad  \" back to centering
4174text
4175@endExample
4176
4177@cindex current adjustment mode register
4178The current adjustment mode is available in the read-only number
4179register @code{.j}; it can be stored and subsequently used to set
4180adjustment.
4181
4182The adjustment mode status is associated with the current environment
4183(@pxref{Environments}).
4184@endDefreq
4185
4186@Defreq {na, }
4187Disable adjusting.  This request won't change the current adjustment
4188mode: A subsequent call to @code{ad} uses the previous adjustment
4189setting.
4190
4191The adjustment mode status is associated with the current environment
4192(@pxref{Environments}).
4193@endDefreq
4194
4195@Defesc {\\p, , , }
4196Adjust the current line and cause a break.
4197
4198In most cases this produces very ugly results, since @code{gtroff}
4199doesn't have a sophisticated paragraph building algorithm (as @TeX{}
4200have, for example); instead, @code{gtroff} fills and adjusts a paragraph
4201line by line:
4202
4203@Example
4204  This is an uninteresting sentence.
4205  This is an uninteresting sentence.\p
4206  This is an uninteresting sentence.
4207@endExample
4208
4209@noindent
4210is formatted as
4211
4212@Example
4213  This is  an uninteresting  sentence.   This  is an
4214  uninteresting                            sentence.
4215  This is an uninteresting sentence.
4216@endExample
4217@endDefesc
4218
4219@cindex word space size
4220@cindex size of word space
4221@cindex space between words
4222@cindex sentence space size
4223@cindex size of sentence space
4224@cindex space between sentences
4225@Defreq {ss, word_space_size [@Var{sentence_space_size}]}
4226@Defregx {.ss}
4227@Defregx {.sss}
4228Change the minimum size of a space between filled words.  It takes its
4229units as one twelfth of the space width parameter for the current
4230font.  Initially both the @var{word_space_size} and
4231@var{sentence_space_size} are@w{ }12.
4232
4233@cindex fill mode
4234@cindex mode, fill
4235If two arguments are given to the @code{ss} request, the second
4236argument sets the sentence space size.  If the second argument is not
4237given, sentence space size is set to @var{word_space_size}.  The
4238sentence space size is used in two circumstances: If the end of a
4239sentence occurs at the end of a line in fill mode, then both an
4240inter-word space and a sentence space are added; if two spaces follow
4241the end of a sentence in the middle of a line, then the second space
4242is a sentence space.  If a second argument is never given to the
4243@code{ss} request, the behaviour of @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} is the
4244same as that exhibited by GNU @code{troff}.  In GNU @code{troff}, as
4245in @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}, a sentence should always be followed
4246by either a newline or two spaces.
4247
4248The read-only number registers @code{.ss} and @code{.sss} hold the
4249values of the parameters set by the first and second arguments of the
4250@code{ss} request.
4251
4252The word space and sentence space values are associated with the current
4253environment (@pxref{Environments}).
4254
4255Contrary to traditional Unix @code{troff}, this request is @emph{not}
4256ignored if a tty output device is used; the given values are then
4257rounded down to a multiple of@w{ }12.
4258
4259@c XXX xref implementation differences
4260
4261The request is ignored if there is no parameter.
4262@endDefreq
4263
4264@cindex centering lines
4265@cindex lines, centering
4266@Defreq {ce, [@Var{nnn}]}
4267@Defregx {.ce}
4268Center text.  While the @w{@samp{.ad c}} request also centers text,
4269it fills the text as well.  @code{ce} does not fill the
4270text it affects.  This request causes a break.
4271
4272The following example demonstrates the differences.
4273Here the input:
4274
4275@Example
4276.ll 4i
4277.ce 1000
4278This is a small text fragment which shows the differences
4279between the `.ce' and the `.ad c' request.
4280.ce 0
4281
4282.ad c
4283This is a small text fragment which shows the differences
4284between the `.ce' and the `.ad c' request.
4285@endExample
4286
4287@noindent
4288And here the result:
4289
4290@Example
4291  This is a small text fragment which
4292         shows the differences
4293between the `.ce' and the `.ad c' request.
4294
4295  This is a small text fragment which
4296shows the differences between the `.ce'
4297        and the `.ad c' request.
4298@endExample
4299
4300With no arguments, @code{ce} centers the next line of text.  @var{nnn}
4301specifies the number of lines to be centered.  If the argument is zero
4302or negative, centering is disabled.
4303
4304@rqindex ll
4305@rqindex in
4306@rqindex ti
4307The basic length for centering text is the line length (as set with the
4308@code{ll} request) minus the indentation (as set with the @code{in}
4309request).  Temporary indentation is ignored.
4310
4311As can be seen in the previous example, it is a common idiom to turn
4312on centering for a large number of lines, and to turn off centering
4313after text to be centered.  This is useful for any request which takes
4314a number of lines as an argument.
4315
4316The @code{.ce} read-only number register contains the number of lines
4317remaining to be centered, as set by the @code{ce} request.
4318@endDefreq
4319
4320@cindex justifying text
4321@cindex text, justifying
4322@cindex right-justifying
4323@Defreq {rj, [@Var{nnn}]}
4324@Defregx {.rj}
4325Justify unfilled text to the right margin.  Arguments are identical to
4326the @code{ce} request.  The @code{.rj} read-only number register is
4327the number of lines to be right-justified as set by the @code{rj}
4328request.  This request causes a break.
4329@endDefreq
4330
4331
4332@c =====================================================================
4333
4334@node Manipulating Hyphenation, Manipulating Spacing, Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, gtroff Reference
4335@section Manipulating Hyphenation
4336@cindex manipulating hyphenation
4337@cindex hyphenation, manipulating
4338
4339As discussed in @ref{Hyphenation}, @code{gtroff} hyphenates words.
4340There are a number of ways to influence hyphenation.
4341
4342@Defreq {hy, [@Var{mode}]}
4343@Defregx {.hy}
4344Enable hyphenation.  The request has an optional numeric argument,
4345@var{mode}, to restrict hyphenation if necessary:
4346
4347@table @code
4348@item 1
4349The default argument if @var{mode} is omitted.  Hyphenate without
4350restrictions.  This is also the start-up value of @code{gtroff}.
4351
4352@item 2
4353Do not hyphenate the last word on a page or column.
4354
4355@item 4
4356Do not hyphenate the last two characters of a word.
4357
4358@item 8
4359Do not hyphenate the first two characters of a word.
4360@end table
4361
4362Values in the previous table are additive.  For example, the value@w{
4363}12 causes @code{gtroff} to neither hyphenate the last two nor the first
4364two characters of a word.
4365
4366@cindex hyphenation restrictions register
4367The current hyphenation restrictions can be found in the read-only
4368number register @samp{.hy}.
4369
4370The hyphenation mode is associated with the current environment
4371(@pxref{Environments}).
4372@endDefreq
4373
4374@Defreq {nh, }
4375Disable hyphenation (i.e., set the hyphenation mode to zero).  Note
4376that the hyphenation mode of the last call to @code{hy} is not
4377remembered.
4378
4379The hyphenation mode is associated with the current environment
4380(@pxref{Environments}).
4381@endDefreq
4382
4383@esindex \%
4384@cindex explicit hyphens
4385@cindex hyphen, explicit
4386@cindex consecutive hyphenated lines
4387@cindex lines, consecutive hyphenated
4388@cindex hyphenated lines, consecutive
4389@Defreq {hlm, [@Var{nnn}]}
4390@Defregx {.hlm}
4391@Defregx {.hlc}
4392Set the maximum number of consecutive hyphenated lines to @var{nnn}.
4393If this number is negative, there is no maximum.  The default value
4394is@w{ }@minus{}1 if @var{nnn} is omitted.  This value is associated
4395with the current environment (@pxref{Environments}).  Only lines
4396output from a given environment count towards the maximum associated
4397with that environment.  Hyphens resulting from @code{\%} are counted;
4398explicit hyphens are not.
4399
4400The current setting of @code{hlm} is available in the @code{.hlm}
4401read-only number register.  Also the number of immediately preceding
4402consecutive hyphenated lines are available in the read-only number
4403register @samp{.hlc}.
4404@endDefreq
4405
4406@Defreq {hw, word1 word2 @dots{}}
4407Define how @var{word1}, @var{word2}, etc.@: are to be hyphenated.  The
4408words must be given with hyphens at the hyphenation points.  For
4409example:
4410
4411@Example
4412.hw in-sa-lub-rious
4413@endExample
4414
4415@noindent
4416Besides the space character, any character whose hyphenation code value
4417is zero can be used to separate the arguments of @code{hw} (see the
4418documentation for the @code{hcode} request below for more information).
4419In addition, this request can be used more than once.
4420
4421Hyphenation exceptions specified with the @code{hw} request are
4422associated with the current hyphenation language; it causes an error
4423if there is no current hyphenation language.
4424
4425This request is ignored if there is no parameter.
4426
4427In old versions of @code{troff} there was a limited amount of space to
4428store such information; fortunately, with @code{gtroff}, this is no
4429longer a restriction.
4430@endDefreq
4431
4432@cindex hyphenation character
4433@cindex character, hyphenation
4434@cindex disabling hyphenation
4435@cindex hyphenation, disabling
4436@Defesc {\\%, , , }
4437To tell @code{gtroff} how to hyphenate words on the fly, use the
4438@code{\%} escape, also known as the @dfn{hyphenation character}.
4439Preceding a word with this character prevents it from being
4440hyphenated; putting it inside a word indicates to @code{gtroff} that
4441the word may be hyphenated at that point.  Note that this mechanism
4442only affects that one occurrence of the word; to change the
4443hyphenation of a word for the entire document, use the @code{hw}
4444request.
4445@endDefesc
4446
4447@Defreq {hc, [@Var{char}]}
4448Change the hyphenation character to @var{char}.  This character then
4449works the same as the @code{\%} escape, and thus, no longer appears in
4450the output.  Without an argument, @code{hc} resets the hyphenation
4451character to be @code{\%} (the default) only.
4452
4453The hyphenation character is associated with the current environment
4454(@pxref{Environments}).
4455@endDefreq
4456
4457@cindex hyphenation patterns
4458@cindex patterns for hyphenation
4459@Defreq {hpf, pattern_file}
4460Read in a file of hyphenation patterns.  This file is searched for in
4461the same way as @file{@var{name}.tmac} (or @file{tmac.@var{name}}) is
4462searched for if the @option{-m@var{name}} option is specified.
4463
4464It should have the same format as the argument to the @code{\patterns}
4465primitive in @TeX{} (without using @TeX{}'s macro expansion); the
4466letters appearing in this file are interpreted as hyphenation codes.  A
4467@samp{%} character in the patterns file introduces a comment that
4468continues to the end of the line.
4469
4470If no @code{hpf} request is specified (either in the document or in a
4471macro package), @code{gtroff} won't hyphenate at all.
4472
4473@rqindex hla
4474@pindex troffrc
4475@pindex troffrc-end
4476@pindex hyphen.us
4477The set of hyphenation patterns is associated with the current language
4478set by the @code{hla} request.  The @code{hpf} request is usually
4479invoked by the @file{troffrc} or @file{troffrc-end} file; by default,
4480@file{troffrc} loads hyphenation patterns for American English (in file
4481@file{hyphen.us}).
4482
4483Invoking @code{hpf} causes an error if there is no current hyphenation
4484language.
4485@endDefreq
4486
4487@cindex hyphenation code
4488@cindex code, hyphenation
4489@Defreq {hcode, c1 code1 c2 code2 @dots{}}
4490Set the hyphenation code of character @var{c1} to @var{code1}, that of
4491@var{c2} to @var{code2}, etc.  A hyphenation code must be a single
4492input character (not a special character) other than a digit or a
4493space.  Initially each lower-case letter (@samp{a}-@samp{z}) has its
4494hyphenation set to itself, and each upper-case letter
4495(@samp{A}-@samp{Z}) has a hyphenation code which is the lower-case
4496version of itself.
4497
4498This request is ignored if it has no parameter.
4499@endDefreq
4500
4501@cindex hyphenation margin
4502@cindex margin for hyphenation
4503@rqindex ad
4504@Defreq {hym, [@Var{length}]}
4505@Defregx {.hym}
4506Set the (right) hyphenation margin to @var{length}.  If the current
4507adjustment mode is not @samp{b} or@w{ }@samp{n}, the line is not
4508hyphenated if it is shorter than @var{length}.  Without an argument,
4509the hyphenation margin is reset to its default value, which is@w{ }0.
4510The default scaling indicator for this request is@w{ }@code{m}.  The
4511hyphenation margin is associated with the current environment
4512(@pxref{Environments}).
4513
4514A negative argument resets the hyphenation margin to zero, emitting
4515a warning of type @samp{range}.
4516
4517@cindex current hyphenation margin register
4518The current hyphenation margin is available in the @code{.hym} read-only
4519number register.
4520@endDefreq
4521
4522@cindex hyphenation space
4523@rqindex ad
4524@Defreq {hys, [@Var{hyphenation_space}]}
4525@Defregx {.hys}
4526Set the hyphenation space to @var{hyphenation_space}.  If the current
4527adjustment mode is @samp{b} or@w{ }@samp{n}, don't hyphenate the line
4528if it can be justified by adding no more than @var{hyphenation_space}
4529extra space to each word space.  Without argument, the hyphenation
4530space is set to its default value, which is@w{ }0.  The default
4531scaling indicator for this request is@w{ }@code{m}.  The hyphenation
4532space is associated with the current environment
4533(@pxref{Environments}).
4534
4535A negative argument resets the hyphenation space to zero, emitting a
4536warning of type @samp{range}.
4537
4538@cindex current hyphenation space register
4539The current hyphenation space is available in the @code{.hys} read-only
4540number register.
4541@endDefreq
4542
4543@cindex soft hyphen character
4544@cindex character, soft hyphen
4545@glindex hy
4546@rqindex char
4547@rqindex tr
4548@Defreq {shc, [@Var{char}]}
4549Set the soft hyphen character to @var{char}.  If the argument is
4550omitted, the soft hyphen character is set to the default character
4551@code{\(hy} (this is the start-up value of @code{gtroff} also).  The
4552soft hyphen character is the character that is inserted when a word is
4553hyphenated at a line break.  If the soft hyphen character does not
4554exist in the font of the character immediately preceding a potential
4555break point, then the line is not broken at that point.  Neither
4556definitions (specified with the @code{char} request) nor translations
4557(specified with the @code{tr} request) are considered when finding the
4558soft hyphen character.
4559@endDefreq
4560
4561@rqindex hpf
4562@rqindex hw
4563@pindex troffrc
4564@pindex troffrc-end
4565@Defreq {hla, language}
4566@Defregx {.hla}
4567Set the current hyphenation language to the string @var{language}.
4568Hyphenation exceptions specified with the @code{hw} request and
4569hyphenation patterns specified with the @code{hpf} request are both
4570associated with the current hyphenation language.  The @code{hla}
4571request is usually invoked by the @file{troffrc} or the
4572@file{troffrc-end} files; @file{troffrc} sets the default language to
4573@samp{us}.
4574
4575@cindex current hyphenation language register
4576The current hyphenation language is available as a string in the
4577read-only number register @samp{.hla}.
4578
4579@Example
4580.ds curr_language \n[.hla]
4581\*[curr_language]
4582    @result{} us
4583@endExample
4584@endDefreq
4585
4586
4587@c =====================================================================
4588
4589@node Manipulating Spacing, Tabs and Fields, Manipulating Hyphenation, gtroff Reference
4590@section Manipulating Spacing
4591@cindex manipulating spacing
4592@cindex spacing, manipulating
4593
4594@Defreq {sp, [@Var{distance}]}
4595Space downwards @var{distance}.  With no argument it advances 1@w{
4596}line.  A negative argument causes @code{gtroff} to move up the page
4597the specified distance.  If the argument is preceded by a @samp{|}
4598then @code{gtroff} moves that distance from the top of the page.  This
4599request causes a line break.  The default scaling indicator is@w{
4600}@code{v}.
4601@endDefreq
4602
4603@cindex double-spacing
4604@Defreq {ls, [@Var{nnn}]}
4605@Defregx {.L}
4606Output @w{@var{nnn}@minus{}1} blank lines after each line of text.
4607With no argument, @code{gtroff} uses the previous value before the
4608last @code{ls} call.
4609
4610@Example
4611.ls 2    \" This causes double-spaced output
4612.ls 3    \" This causes triple-spaced output
4613.ls      \" Again double spaced
4614@endExample
4615
4616The line spacing is associated with the current environment
4617(@pxref{Environments}).
4618
4619@cindex current line spacing register
4620The read-only number register @code{.L} contains the current line
4621spacing setting.
4622@endDefreq
4623
4624@c XXX document \n[nl]
4625@c XXX document \n[nl] == -1 if vertical position is zero
4626
4627@Defesc {\\x, ', spacing, '}
4628@Defregx {.a}
4629Sometimes, extra vertical spacing is only needed occasionally, e.g.@:
4630to allow space for a tall construct (like an equation).  The @code{\x}
4631escape does this.  The escape is given a numerical argument, usually
4632enclosed in quotes (like @samp{\x'3p'}); the default scaling indicator
4633is@w{ }@code{v}.  If this number is positive extra vertical space is
4634inserted below the current line.  A negative number adds space above.
4635If this escape is used multiple times on the same line, the maximum of
4636the values is used.
4637
4638@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
4639
4640@cindex extra vertical line space register
4641The @code{.a} read-only number register contains the most recent
4642(nonnegative) extra vertical line space.
4643
4644@c XXX
4645@ignore
4646@Example
4647... example of inline equation ...
4648@endExample
4649@end ignore
4650@endDefesc
4651
4652@rqindex sp
4653@cindex no-space mode
4654@cindex mode, no-space
4655@cindex blank lines, disabling
4656@cindex lines, blank, disabling
4657@Defreq {ns, }
4658Enable @dfn{no-space mode}.  In this mode, spacing (either via
4659@code{sp} or via blank lines) is disabled.  The @code{bp} request to
4660advance to the next page is also disabled, except if it is accompanied
4661by a page number (see @ref{Page Control}, for more information).  This
4662mode ends when actual text is output or the @code{rs} request is
4663encountered.
4664
4665@cindex top-level diversion
4666@cindex diversion, top-level
4667This request is useful for macros which want to avoid that subsequent
4668macros inadvertently insert some vertical space before the text starts
4669(for example, to set up the first paragraph after a section header).  It
4670has no effect if not called within the top-level diversion
4671(@pxref{Diversions}).
4672
4673@c XXX xref
4674@endDefreq
4675
4676@cindex top-level diversion
4677@cindex diversion, top-level
4678@Defreq {rs, }
4679Disable no-space mode.  It has no effect if not called within the
4680top-level diversion (@pxref{Diversions}).
4681
4682@c XXX xref
4683@endDefreq
4684
4685
4686@c =====================================================================
4687
4688@node Tabs and Fields, Character Translations, Manipulating Spacing, gtroff Reference
4689@section Tabs and Fields
4690@cindex tabs and fields
4691@cindex fields and tabs
4692
4693@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding of a tab
4694A tab character (@acronym{ASCII} char@w{ }9, @acronym{EBCDIC} char@w{
4695}5) causes a horizontal movement to the next tab stop (much
4696like it did on a typewriter).
4697
4698@Defesc {\\t, , , }
4699This escape is a non-interpreted tab character.  In copy mode
4700(@pxref{Copy-in Mode}), @code{\t} is the same as a real tab character.
4701@endDefesc
4702
4703@Defreq {ta, [@Var{n1} @Var{n2} @dots{} @Var{nn} @t{T} @Var{r1} @Var{r2} @dots{} @Var{rn}]}
4704@Defregx {.tabs}
4705Change tab stop positions.  This request takes a series of tab
4706specifiers as arguments (optionally divided into two groups with the
4707letter @samp{T}) which indicate where each tab stop is to be
4708(overriding any previous settings).
4709
4710Tab stops can be specified absolutely, i.e., as the distance from the
4711left margin.  For example, the following sets 6@w{ }tab stops every
4712one inch.
4713
4714@Example
4715.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
4716@endExample
4717
4718Tab stops can also be specified using a leading @samp{+}
4719which means that the specified tab stop is set relative to
4720the previous tab stop.  For example, the following is equivalent to the
4721previous example.
4722
4723@Example
4724.ta 1i +1i +1i +1i +1i +1i
4725@endExample
4726
4727@code{gtroff} supports an extended syntax to specify repeat values after
4728the @samp{T} mark (these values are always taken as relative) -- this is
4729the usual way to specify tabs set at equal intervals.  The following is,
4730yet again, the same as the previous examples.  It does even more since
4731it defines an infinite number of tab stops separated by one inch.
4732
4733@Example
4734.ta T 1i
4735@endExample
4736
4737Now we are ready to interpret the full syntax given at the beginning:
4738Set tabs at positions @var{n1}, @var{n2}, @dots{}, @var{nn} and then set
4739tabs at @var{nn}+@var{r1}, @var{nn}+@var{r2}, @dots{}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}
4740and then at @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{r1}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{r2},
4741@dots{}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{rn}, and so on.
4742
4743Example: @samp{4c +6c T 3c 5c 2c} is equivalent to @samp{4c 10c 13c 18c
474420c 23c 28c 30c @dots{}}.
4745
4746The material in each tab column (i.e., the column between two tab stops)
4747may be justified to the right or left or centered in the column.  This
4748is specified by appending @samp{R}, @samp{L}, or @samp{C} to the tab
4749specifier.  The default justification is @samp{L}.  Example:
4750
4751@Example
4752.ta 1i 2iC 2iR
4753@endExample
4754
4755Some notes:
4756
4757@itemize @bullet
4758@item
4759The default unit of the @code{ta} request is @samp{m}.
4760
4761@item
4762A tab stop is converted into a non-breakable horizontal movement which
4763can be neither stretched nor squeezed.  For example,
4764
4765@Example
4766.ds foo a\tb\tc
4767.ta T 5i
4768\*[foo]
4769@endExample
4770
4771@noindent
4772creates a single line which is a bit longer than 10@w{ }inches (a string
4773is used to show exactly where the tab characters are).  Now consider the
4774following:
4775
4776@Example
4777.ds bar a\tb b\tc
4778.ta T 5i
4779\*[bar]
4780@endExample
4781
4782@noindent
4783@code{gtroff} first converts the tab stops of the line into unbreakable
4784horizontal movements, then splits the line after the second @samp{b}
4785(assuming a sufficiently short line length).  Usually, this isn't what
4786the user wants.
4787
4788@item
4789Superfluous tabs (i.e., tab characters which do not correspond to a tab
4790stop) are ignored except the first one which delimits the characters
4791belonging to the last tab stop for right-justifying or centering.
4792Consider the following example
4793
4794@Example
4795.ds Z   foo\tbar\tfoo
4796.ds ZZ  foo\tbar\tfoobar
4797.ds ZZZ foo\tbar\tfoo\tbar
4798.ta 2i 4iR
4799\*[Z]
4800.br
4801\*[ZZ]
4802.br
4803\*[ZZZ]
4804.br
4805@endExample
4806
4807@noindent
4808which produces the following output:
4809
4810@Example
4811foo                 bar              foo
4812foo                 bar           foobar
4813foo                 bar              foobar
4814@endExample
4815
4816@noindent
4817The first line right-justifies the second `foo' relative to the tab
4818stop.  The second line right-justifies `foobar'.  The third line finally
4819right-justifies only `foo' because of the additional tab character which
4820marks the end of the string belonging to the last defined tab stop.
4821
4822@item
4823Tab stops are associated with the current environment
4824(@pxref{Environments}).
4825
4826@item
4827Calling @code{ta} without an argument removes all tab stops.
4828
4829@item
4830@cindex tab stops, for tty output devices
4831The start-up value of @code{gtroff} is @w{@samp{T 0.5i}}.  This value
4832is used even for tty output devices (contrary to @acronym{UNIX}
4833@code{nroff} which has tab stops preset every 0.8@dmn{i}).
4834
4835@c XXX xref implementation differences
4836@end itemize
4837
4838@cindex current tab settings register
4839The read-only number register @code{.tabs} contains a string
4840representation of the current tab settings suitable for use as an
4841argument to the @code{ta} request.
4842
4843@Example
4844.ds tab-string \n[.tabs]
4845\*[tab-string]
4846    @result{} T120u
4847@endExample
4848@endDefreq
4849
4850@cindex tab repetition character
4851@cindex character, tab repetition
4852@Defreq {tc, [@Var{fill-char}]}
4853Normally @code{gtroff} fills the space to the next tab stop with
4854whitespace.  This can be changed with the @code{tc} request.  With no
4855argument @code{gtroff} reverts to using whitespace, which is the
4856default.  The value of this @dfn{tab repetition} character is
4857associated with the current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
4858@endDefreq
4859
4860@menu
4861* Leaders::
4862* Fields::
4863@end menu
4864
4865@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4866
4867@node Leaders, Fields, Tabs and Fields, Tabs and Fields
4868@subsection Leaders
4869@cindex leaders
4870
4871Sometimes it may may be desirable to use the @code{tc} request to fill a
4872particular tab stop with a given character (for example dots in a table
4873of contents), but also normal tab stops on the rest of the line.  For
4874this @code{gtroff} provides an alternate tab mechanism, called
4875@dfn{leaders} which does just that.
4876
4877@cindex leader character
4878A leader character (character code@w{ }1) behaves similarly to a tab
4879character: It moves to the next tab stop.  The only difference is that
4880for this movement, the fill character defaults to a period character and
4881not to space.
4882
4883@Defesc {\\a, , , }
4884This escape is a non-interpreted leader character.  In copy mode
4885(@pxref{Copy-in Mode}), @code{\a} is the same as a real leader
4886character.
4887@endDefesc
4888
4889@cindex leader repetition character
4890@cindex character, leader repetition
4891@Defreq {lc, [@Var{fill-char}]}
4892Declare the leader character.  Without an argument, leaders act the
4893same as tabs (i.e., using whitespace for filling).  @code{gtroff}'s
4894start-up value is @samp{.}.  The value of this @dfn{leader repetition}
4895character is associated with the current environment
4896(@pxref{Environments}).
4897@endDefreq
4898
4899@cindex table of contents
4900@cindex contents, table of
4901For a table of contents, to name an example, tab stops may be defined so
4902that the section number is one tab stop, the title is the second with
4903the remaining space being filled with a line of dots, and then the page
4904number slightly separated from the dots.
4905
4906@Example
4907.ds entry 1.1\tFoo\a\t12
4908.lc .
4909.ta 1i 5i +.25i
4910\*[entry]
4911@endExample
4912
4913@noindent
4914This produces
4915
4916@Example
49171.1  Foo..........................................  12
4918@endExample
4919
4920@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4921
4922@node Fields,  , Leaders, Tabs and Fields
4923@subsection Fields
4924@cindex fields
4925
4926@cindex field delimiting character
4927@cindex delimiting character for fields
4928@cindex character, field delimiting
4929@cindex field padding character
4930@cindex padding character for fields
4931@cindex character, field padding
4932@dfn{Fields} are a more general way of laying out tabular data.  A field
4933is defined as the data between a pair of @dfn{delimiting characters}.
4934It contains substrings which are separated by @dfn{padding characters}.
4935The width of a field is the distance on the @emph{input} line from the
4936position where the field starts to the next tab stop.  A padding
4937character inserts stretchable space similar to @TeX{}'s @code{\hss}
4938command (thus it can even be negative) to make the sum of all substring
4939lengths plus the stretchable space equal to the field width.  If more
4940than one padding character is inserted, the available space is evenly
4941distributed among them.
4942
4943@Defreq {fc, [@Var{delim-char} [@Var{padding-char}]]}
4944Define a delimiting and a padding character for fields.  If the latter
4945is missing, the padding character defaults to a space character.  If
4946there is no argument at all, the field mechanism is disabled (which is
4947the default).  Note that contrary to e.g.@: the tab repetition
4948character, delimiting and padding characters are not associated to the
4949current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
4950
4951Example:
4952
4953@Example
4954.fc # ^
4955.ta T 3i
4956#foo^bar^smurf#
4957.br
4958#foo^^bar^smurf#
4959@endExample
4960
4961@noindent
4962and here the result:
4963
4964@Example
4965foo         bar          smurf
4966foo            bar       smurf
4967@endExample
4968@endDefreq
4969
4970
4971@c =====================================================================
4972
4973@node Character Translations, Troff and Nroff Mode, Tabs and Fields, gtroff Reference
4974@section Character Translations
4975@cindex character translations
4976@cindex translations of characters
4977
4978@rqindex .
4979@rqindex '
4980@cindex control character
4981@cindex character, control
4982@cindex no-break control character
4983@cindex character, no-break control
4984@cindex control character, no-break
4985The control character (@samp{.}) and the no-break control character
4986(@samp{'}) can be changed with the @code{cc} and @code{c2} requests,
4987respectively.
4988
4989@Defreq {cc, [@Var{c}]}
4990Set the control character to @var{c}.  With no argument the default
4991control character @samp{.} is restored.  The value of the control
4992character is associated with the current environment
4993(@pxref{Environments}).
4994@endDefreq
4995
4996@Defreq {c2, [@Var{c}]}
4997Set the no-break control character to @var{c}.  With no argument the
4998default control character @samp{'} is restored.  The value of the
4999no-break control character is associated with the current environment
5000(@pxref{Environments}).
5001@endDefreq
5002
5003@esindex \\
5004@Defreq {eo, }
5005Disable the escape mechanism completely.  After executing this
5006request, the backslash character @samp{\} no longer starts an escape
5007sequence.
5008
5009This request can be very helpful in writing macros since it is not
5010necessary then to double the escape character.  Here an example:
5011
5012@Example
5013.\" This is a simplified version of the
5014.\" .BR request from the man macro package
5015.eo
5016.de BR
5017.  ds result \&
5018.  while (\n[.$] >= 2) \@{\
5019.    as result \fB\$1\fR\$2
5020.    shift 2
5021.  \@}
5022.  if \n[.$] .as result \fB\$1
5023\*[result]
5024.  ft R
5025..
5026.ec
5027@endExample
5028@endDefreq
5029
5030@cindex escape character
5031@cindex character, escape
5032@Defreq {ec, [@Var{c}]}
5033Set the escape character to @var{c}.  With no argument the default
5034escape character @samp{\} is restored.  It can be also used to
5035re-enable the escape mechanism after an @code{eo} request.
5036
5037Note that changing the escape character globally will likely break
5038macro packages since @code{gtroff} has no mechanism (like @TeX{}) to
5039`intern' macros, i.e., to convert a macro definition into an internal
5040form which is independent of its representation.  If a macro is
5041called, it is executed literally.
5042@endDefreq
5043
5044@Defesc {\\e, , , }
5045This escape sequence prints the current escape character (which is the
5046backslash character @samp{\} by default).
5047@endDefesc
5048
5049A @dfn{translation} is a mapping of an input character to an output
5050character.  The default mappings are given in the font definition files
5051for the specific output device (@pxref{Font Files}); all mappings (both
5052with @code{tr} and in the font definition files) occur at output time,
5053i.e., the input character gets assigned the metric information of the
5054mapped output character.
5055
5056@Defreq {tr, @Var{a}@Var{b}@Var{c}@Var{d}@dots{}}
5057Translate character @var{a} to @var{b}, character @var{c} to @var{d},
5058etc.  If there is an odd number of arguments, the last one is
5059translated to the space character.
5060
5061Some notes:
5062
5063@itemize @bullet
5064@item
5065@esindex \(
5066@esindex \[
5067@esindex \'
5068@esindex \`
5069@esindex \-
5070@esindex \_
5071@esindex \C
5072@esindex \N
5073@rqindex char
5074@cindex special character
5075@cindex character, special
5076@cindex numbered character
5077@cindex character, numbered
5078Special characters (@code{\(@var{xx}}, @code{\[@var{xxx}]},
5079@code{\C'@var{xxx}'}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}),
5080characters defined with the @code{char} request, and numbered characters
5081(@code{\N'@var{xxx}'}) can be translated also.
5082
5083@item
5084@esindex \e
5085The @code{\e} escape can be translated also.
5086
5087@item
5088@esindex \%
5089@esindex \~
5090Characters can be mapped onto the @code{\%} and @code{\~} escapes (but
5091@code{\%} and @code{\~} can't be mapped onto another character).
5092
5093@item
5094@cindex backspace character
5095@cindex character, backspace
5096@cindex leader character
5097@cindex character, leader
5098@cindex newline character
5099@cindex character, newline
5100@cindex tab character
5101@cindex character, tab
5102@esindex \a
5103@esindex \t
5104The following characters can't be translated: space (with one exception,
5105see below), backspace, newline, leader (and @code{\a}), tab (and
5106@code{\t}).
5107
5108@item
5109@rqindex shc
5110Translations are not considered for finding the soft hyphen character
5111set with the @code{shc} request.
5112
5113@item
5114@esindex \&
5115The character pair @samp{@var{c}\&} (this is an arbitrary character@w{
5116}@var{c} followed by the zero width space character) maps this
5117character to nothing.
5118
5119@Example
5120.tr a\&
5121foo bar
5122    @result{} foo br
5123@endExample
5124
5125@noindent
5126It is even possible to map the space character to nothing:
5127
5128@Example
5129.tr aa \&
5130foo bar
5131    @result{} foobar
5132@endExample
5133
5134@noindent
5135As shown in the example, the space character can't be the first
5136character pair as an argument of @code{tr}.  Additionally, it is not
5137possible to map the space character to any other character; requests
5138like @w{@samp{.tr aa x}} undo @w{@samp{.tr aa \&}} instead.
5139
5140If justification is active, lines are justified in spite of the
5141`empty' space character (but there is no minimal distance, i.e.@: the
5142space character, between words).
5143
5144@item
5145After an output character has been constructed (this happens at the
5146moment immediately before the character is appended to an output
5147character list, either by direct output, in a macro, diversion, or
5148string), it is no longer affected by @code{tr}.
5149
5150@c XXX xref
5151
5152@item
5153Without an argument, the @code{tr} request is ignored.
5154@end itemize
5155@endDefreq
5156
5157@esindex \!
5158@cindex @code{\!}, and @code{trnt}
5159@Defreq {trnt, @Var{a}@Var{b}@Var{c}@Var{d}@dots{}}
5160@code{trnt} is the same as the @code{tr} request except that the
5161translations do not apply to text that is transparently throughput
5162into a diversion with @code{\!}.  @xref{Diversions}, for more
5163information.
5164
5165For example,
5166
5167@Example
5168.tr ab
5169.di x
5170\!.tm a
5171.di
5172.x
5173@endExample
5174
5175@noindent
5176prints @samp{b} to the standard error stream; if @code{trnt} is used
5177instead of @code{tr} it prints @samp{a}.
5178@endDefreq
5179
5180
5181@c =====================================================================
5182
5183@node Troff and Nroff Mode, Line Layout, Character Translations, gtroff Reference
5184@section Troff and Nroff Mode
5185@cindex troff mode
5186@cindex mode, troff
5187@cindex nroff mode
5188@cindex mode, nroff
5189
5190Originally, @code{nroff} and @code{troff} were two separate programs,
5191the former for tty output, the latter for everything else.  With GNU
5192@code{troff}, both programs are merged into one executable, sending
5193its output to a device driver (@code{grotty} for tty devices,
5194@code{grops} for @sc{PostScript}, etc.) which interprets the
5195intermediate output of @code{gtroff}.  For @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}
5196it makes sense to talk about @dfn{Nroff mode} and @dfn{Troff mode}
5197since the differences are hardcoded.  For GNU @code{troff}, this
5198distinction is not appropriate because @code{gtroff} simply takes the
5199information given in the font files for a particular device without
5200handling requests specially if a tty output device is used.
5201
5202Usually, a macro package can be used with all output devices.
5203Nevertheless, it is sometimes necessary to make a distinction between
5204tty and non-tty devices: @code{gtroff} provides two built-in
5205conditions @samp{n} and @samp{t} for the @code{if}, @code{ie}, and
5206@code{while} requests to decide whether @code{gtroff} shall behave
5207like @code{nroff} or like @code{troff}.
5208
5209@pindex troffrc
5210@pindex troffrc-end
5211@Defreq {troff, }
5212Make the @samp{t} built-in condition true (and the @samp{n} built-in
5213condition false) for @code{if}, @code{ie}, and @code{while}
5214conditional requests.  This is the default if @code{gtroff}
5215(@emph{not} @code{groff}) is started with the @option{-R} switch to
5216avoid loading of the start-up files @file{troffrc} and
5217@file{troffrc-end}.  Without @option{-R}, @code{gtroff} stays in troff
5218mode if the output device is not a tty (e.g.@: `ps').
5219@endDefreq
5220
5221@pindex tty.tmac
5222@Defreq {nroff, }
5223Make the @samp{n} built-in condition true (and the @samp{t} built-in
5224condition false) for @code{if}, @code{ie}, and @code{while}
5225conditional requests.  This is the default if @code{gtroff} uses a tty
5226output device; the code for switching to nroff mode is in the file
5227@file{tty.tmac} which is loaded by the start-up file @code{troffrc}.
5228@endDefreq
5229
5230@xref{Conditionals and Loops}, for more details on built-in
5231conditions.
5232
5233@c XXX move the following to grotty section
5234
5235@pindex less
5236@cindex Teletype
5237@cindex ISO 6249 SGR
5238@cindex terminal control sequences
5239@cindex control sequences, for terminals
5240For tty output devices, underlining is done by emitting sequences of
5241@samp{_} and @samp{\b} (the backspace character) before the actual
5242character.  Literally, this is printing an underline character, then
5243moving back one character position, and printing the actual character
5244at the same position as the underline character (similar to a
5245typewriter).  Usually, a modern terminal can't interpret this (and the
5246original Teletype machines for which this sequence was appropriate are
5247no longer in use).  You need a pager program like @code{less} which
5248translates this into ISO 6429 SGR sequences to control terminals.
5249
5250@c =====================================================================
5251
5252@node Line Layout, Page Layout, Troff and Nroff Mode, gtroff Reference
5253@section Line Layout
5254@cindex line layout
5255@cindex layout, line
5256
5257@cindex dimensions, line
5258@cindex line dimensions
5259The following drawing shows the dimensions which @code{gtroff} uses for
5260placing a line of output onto the page.  They are labeled with the
5261request which manipulates each dimension.
5262
5263@Example
5264                -->| in |<--
5265                   |<-----------ll------------>|
5266              +----+----+----------------------+----+
5267              |    :    :                      :    |
5268              +----+----+----------------------+----+
5269           -->| po |<--
5270              |<--------paper width---------------->|
5271@endExample
5272
5273@noindent
5274These dimensions are:
5275
5276@ftable @code
5277@item po
5278@cindex left margin
5279@cindex margin, left
5280@cindex page offset
5281@cindex offset, page
5282@dfn{Page offset} -- this is the leftmost position of text on the final
5283output, defining the @dfn{left margin}.
5284
5285@item in
5286@cindex indentation
5287@cindex line indentation
5288@dfn{Indentation} -- this is the distance from the left margin where
5289text is printed.
5290
5291@item ll
5292@cindex line length
5293@cindex length of line
5294@dfn{Line length} -- this is the distance from the left margin to right
5295margin.
5296@end ftable
5297
5298@c XXX improve example
5299
5300@Example
5301.in +.5i
5302.ll -.5i
5303A bunch of really boring text which should
5304be indented from both margins.
5305Replace me with a better (and more) example!
5306.in -.5i
5307.ll +.5i
5308@endExample
5309
5310@pindex troffrc
5311@Defreq {po, [@Var{offset}]}
5312@Defreqx {po, @t{+}@Var{offset}}
5313@Defreqx {po, @t{-}@Var{offset}}
5314@Defregx {.o}
5315Set horizontal page offset to @var{offset} (or increment or decrement
5316the current value by @var{offset}).  Note that this request does not
5317cause a break, so changing the page offset in the middle of text being
5318filled may not yield the expected result.  The initial value is
53191@dmn{i}.  For tty output devices, it is set to 0 in the startup file
5320@file{troffrc}; the default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m} (and
5321not@w{ }@code{v} as incorrectly documented in the original
5322@acronym{UNIX} troff manual).
5323
5324The current page offset can be found in the read-only number register
5325@samp{.o}.
5326
5327If @code{po} is called without an argument, the page offset is reset to
5328the previous value before the last call to @code{po}.
5329
5330@Example
5331.po 3i
5332\n[.o]
5333    @result{} 720
5334.po -1i
5335\n[.o]
5336    @result{} 480
5337.po
5338\n[.o]
5339    @result{} 720
5340@endExample
5341@endDefreq
5342
5343@Defreq {in, [@Var{indent}]}
5344@Defreqx {in, @t{+}@Var{indent}}
5345@Defreqx {in, @t{-}@Var{indent}}
5346@Defregx {.i}
5347Set indentation to @var{indent} (or increment or decrement the
5348current value by @var{indent}).  This request causes a break.
5349Initially, there is no indentation.
5350
5351If @code{in} is called without an argument, the indentation is reset to
5352the previous value before the last call to @code{in}.  The default
5353scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m}.
5354
5355The indentation is associated with the current environment.
5356
5357If a negative indentation value is specified (which is not allowed),
5358@code{gtroff} emits a warning of type @samp{range} and sets the
5359indentation to zero.
5360
5361The effect of @code{in} is delayed until a partially collected line (if
5362it exists) is output.  A temporary indent value is reset to zero also.
5363
5364The current indentation (as set by @code{in}) can be found in the
5365read-only number register @samp{.i}.
5366@endDefreq
5367
5368@Defreq {ti, offset}
5369@Defreqx {ti, @t{+}@Var{offset}}
5370@Defreqx {ti, @t{-}@Var{offset}}
5371@Defregx {.in}
5372Temporarily indent the next output line by @var{offset}.  If an
5373increment or decrement value is specified, adjust the temporary
5374indentation relative to the value set by the @code{in} request.
5375
5376This request causes a break; its value is associated with the current
5377environment.  The default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m}.  A call
5378of @code{ti} without an argument is ignored.
5379
5380If the total indentation value is negative (which is not allowed),
5381@code{gtroff} emits a warning of type @samp{range} and sets the
5382temporary indentation to zero.  `Total indentation' is either
5383@var{offset} if specified as an absolute value, or the temporary plus
5384normal indentation, if @var{offset} is given as a relative value.
5385
5386The effect of @code{ti} is delayed until a partially collected line (if
5387it exists) is output.
5388
5389The read-only number register @code{.in} is the indentation that applies
5390to the current output line.
5391
5392The difference between @code{.i} and @code{.in} is that the latter takes
5393into account whether a partially collected line still uses the old
5394indentation value or a temporary indentation value is active.
5395@endDefreq
5396
5397@Defreq {ll, [@Var{length}]}
5398@Defreqx {ll, @t{+}@Var{length}}
5399@Defreqx {ll, @t{-}@Var{length}}
5400@Defregx {.l}
5401@Defregx {.ll}
5402Set the line length to @var{length} (or increment or decrement the
5403current value by @var{length}).  Initially, the line length is set to
54046.5@dmn{i}.  The effect of @code{ll} is delayed until a partially
5405collected line (if it exists) is output.  The default scaling
5406indicator is@w{ }@code{m}.
5407
5408If @code{ll} is called without an argument, the line length is reset to
5409the previous value before the last call to @code{ll}.  If a negative
5410line length is specified (which is not allowed), @code{gtroff} emits a
5411warning of type @samp{range} and sets the line length to zero.
5412
5413The line length is associated with the current environment.
5414
5415@cindex current line length register
5416The current line length (as set by @code{ll}) can be found in the
5417read-only number register @samp{.l}.  The read-only number register
5418@code{.ll} is the line length that applies to the current output line.
5419
5420Similar to @code{.i} and @code{.in}, the difference between @code{.l}
5421and @code{.ll} is that the latter takes into account whether a partially
5422collected line still uses the old line length value.
5423@endDefreq
5424
5425
5426@c =====================================================================
5427
5428@node Page Layout, Page Control, Line Layout, gtroff Reference
5429@section Page Layout
5430@cindex page layout
5431@cindex layout, page
5432
5433@code{gtroff} provides some very primitive operations for controlling
5434page layout.
5435
5436@cindex page length
5437@cindex length of page
5438@Defreq {pl, [@Var{length}]}
5439@Defreqx {pl, @t{+}@Var{length}}
5440@Defreqx {pl, @t{-}@Var{length}}
5441@Defregx {.p}
5442Set the @dfn{page length} to @var{length} (or increment or decrement
5443the current value by @var{length}).  This is the length of the
5444physical output page.  The default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{v}.
5445
5446@cindex current page length register
5447The current setting can be found in the read-only number register
5448@samp{.p}.
5449
5450@cindex top margin
5451@cindex margin, top
5452@cindex bottom margin
5453@cindex margin, bottom
5454Note that this only specifies the size of the page, not the top and
5455bottom margins.  Those are not set by @code{gtroff} directly.
5456@xref{Traps}, for further information on how to do this.
5457
5458Negative @code{pl} values are possible also, but not very useful: No
5459trap is sprung, and each line is output on a single page (thus
5460suppressing all vertical spacing).
5461
5462If no argument or an invalid argument is given, @code{pl} sets the page
5463length to 11@dmn{i}.
5464@endDefreq
5465
5466@cindex headers
5467@cindex footers
5468@cindex titles
5469@code{gtroff} provides several operations which help in setting up top
5470and bottom titles (or headers and footers).
5471
5472@cindex title line
5473@cindex three-part title
5474@cindex page number character
5475@Defreq {tl, @t{'}@Var{left}@t{'}@Var{center}@t{'}@Var{right}@t{'}}
5476Print a @dfn{title line}.  It consists of three parts: a left
5477justified portion, a centered portion, and a right justified portion.
5478The argument separator @samp{'} can be replaced with any character not
5479occurring in the title line.  The @samp{%} character is replaced with
5480the current page number.  This character can be changed with the
5481@code{pc} request (see below).
5482
5483Without argument, @code{tl} is ignored.
5484
5485Some notes:
5486
5487@itemize @bullet
5488@item
5489A title line is not restricted to the top or bottom of a page.
5490
5491@item
5492@code{tl} prints the title line immediately, ignoring a partially filled
5493line (which stays untouched).
5494
5495@item
5496It is not an error to omit closing delimiters.  For example,
5497@w{@samp{.tl /foo}} is equivalent to @w{@samp{.tl /foo///}}: It prints a
5498title line with the left justified word @samp{foo}; the centered and
5499right justfied parts are empty.
5500
5501@item
5502Any modifications to the current environment within @code{tl} (e.g.@:
5503changing the font or font size) are undone after processing @code{tl}.
5504
5505@item
5506@code{tl} accepts the same parameter delimiting characters as the
5507@code{\A} escape; see @ref{Escapes}.
5508@end itemize
5509@endDefreq
5510
5511@cindex length of title line
5512@cindex title line, length
5513@cindex current title line length register
5514@Defreq {lt, [@Var{length}]}
5515@Defreqx {lt, @t{+}@Var{length}}
5516@Defreqx {lt, @t{-}@Var{length}}
5517@Defregx {.lt}
5518The title line is printed using its own line length, which is
5519specified (or incremented or decremented) with the @code{lt} request.
5520Initially, the title line length is set to 6.5@dmn{i}.  If a negative
5521line length is specified (which is not allowed), @code{gtroff} emits a
5522warning of type @samp{range} and sets the title line length to zero.
5523The default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m}.  If @code{lt} is called
5524without an argument, the title length is reset to the previous value
5525before the last call to @code{lt}.
5526
5527The current setting of this is available in the @code{.lt} read-only
5528number register; it is associated with the current environment
5529(@pxref{Environments}).
5530
5531@endDefreq
5532
5533@cindex page number
5534@cindex number, page
5535@Defreq {pn, page}
5536@Defreqx {pn, @t{+}@Var{page}}
5537@Defreqx {pn, @t{-}@Var{page}}
5538@Defregx {.pn}
5539Change (increase or decrease) the page number of the @emph{next} page.
5540The only argument is the page number; the request is ignored without a
5541parameter.
5542
5543The read-only number register @code{.pn} contains the number of the next
5544page: either the value set by a @code{pn} request, or the number of the
5545current page plus@w{ }1.
5546@endDefreq
5547
5548@cindex current page number register
5549@Defreg {%}
5550A read-write register holding the current page number.
5551@endDefreg
5552
5553@cindex changing the page number character
5554@cindex page number character, changing
5555@vindex %
5556@Defreq {pc, [@Var{char}]}
5557Change the page number character (used by the @code{tl} request) to a
5558different character.  With no argument, this mechanism is disabled.
5559Note that this doesn't affect the number register @code{%}.
5560@endDefreq
5561
5562@xref{Traps}.
5563
5564
5565@c =====================================================================
5566
5567@node Page Control, Fonts, Page Layout, gtroff Reference
5568@section Page Control
5569@cindex page control
5570@cindex control, page
5571
5572@rqindex pn
5573@cindex new page
5574@Defreq {bp, [@Var{page}]}
5575@Defreqx {bp, @t{+}@Var{page}}
5576@Defreqx {bp, @t{-}@Var{page}}
5577Stop processing the current page and move to the next page.  This
5578request causes a break.  It can also take an argument to set
5579(increase, decrease) the page number of the next page.  The only
5580difference between @code{bp} and @code{pn} is that @code{pn} does not
5581cause a break or actually eject a page.
5582
5583@Example
5584.de newpage                         \" define macro
5585'bp                                 \" begin page
5586'sp .5i                             \" vertical space
5587.tl 'left top'center top'right top' \" title
5588'sp .3i                             \" vertical space
5589..                                  \" end macro
5590@endExample
5591
5592@cindex top-level diversion
5593@cindex diversion, top-level
5594@code{bp} has no effect if not called within the top-level diversion
5595(@pxref{Diversions}).
5596@endDefreq
5597
5598@cindex orphan line
5599@Defreq {ne, [@Var{space}]}
5600It is often necessary to force a certain amount of space before a new
5601page occurs.  This is most useful to make sure that there is not a
5602single @dfn{orphan} line left at the bottom of a page.  The @code{ne}
5603request ensures that there is a certain distance, specified by the
5604first argument, before the next page is triggered (see @ref{Traps},
5605for further information).  The default unit for @code{ne} is @samp{v};
5606the default value of @var{space} is@w{ }1@dmn{v} if no argument is
5607given.
5608
5609For example, to make sure that no fewer than 2@w{ }lines get orphaned,
5610do the following before each paragraph:
5611
5612@Example
5613.ne 2
5614text text text
5615@endExample
5616@endDefreq
5617
5618@rqindex os
5619@rqindex ne
5620@Defreq {sv, [@Var{space}]}
5621@code{sv} is similar to the @code{ne} request; it reserves the
5622specified amount of vertical space.  If the desired amount of space
5623exists before the next trap (bottom page boundary), the space is
5624output immediately (ignoring a partial filled line which stays
5625untouched).  If there is not enough space, it is stored for later
5626output via the @code{os} request.  The default value is@w{ }1@dmn{v}
5627if no argument is given; the default unit is @samp{v}.
5628@endDefreq
5629
5630
5631@c =====================================================================
5632
5633@node Fonts, Sizes, Page Control, gtroff Reference
5634@section Fonts
5635@cindex fonts
5636
5637@code{gtroff} can switch fonts at any point in the text.
5638
5639The basic set of fonts is @samp{R}, @samp{I}, @samp{B}, and @samp{BI}.
5640These are Times Roman, Italic, Bold, and Bold Italic.  For non-tty
5641devices, there is also at least one symbol font which contains various
5642special symbols (Greek, mathematics).
5643
5644@menu
5645* Changing Fonts::
5646* Font Families::
5647* Font Positions::
5648* Using Symbols::
5649* Special Fonts::
5650* Artificial Fonts::
5651* Ligatures and Kerning::
5652@end menu
5653
5654@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5655
5656@node Changing Fonts, Font Families, Fonts, Fonts
5657@subsection Changing Fonts
5658@cindex changing fonts
5659@cindex fonts, changing
5660
5661@rqindex sty
5662@rqindex fam
5663@kindex styles
5664@kindex family
5665@pindex DESC
5666@Defreq {ft, [@Var{font}]}
5667@Defescx {\\f, , f, }
5668@Defescx {\\f, @lparen{}, fn, }
5669@Defescx {\\f, @lbrack{}, font, @rbrack}
5670The @code{ft} request and the @code{\f} escape change the current font
5671to @var{font} (one-character name @var{f}, two-character name
5672@var{fn}).
5673
5674If @var{font} is a style name (as set with the @code{sty} request or
5675with the @code{styles} command in the @file{DESC} file), use it within
5676the current font family (as set with the @code{fam} request or with
5677the @code{family} command in the @file{DESC} file).
5678
5679@cindex previous font
5680@cindex font, previous
5681With no argument or using @samp{P} as an argument, @code{.ft} switches
5682to the previous font.  Use @code{\fP} or @code{\f[P]} to do this with
5683the escape.
5684
5685Fonts are generally specified as upper-case strings, which are usually
56861@w{ }to 4 characters representing an abbreviation or acronym of the
5687font name.  This is no limitation, just a convention.
5688
5689The example below produces two identical lines.
5690
5691@Example
5692eggs, bacon,
5693.ft B
5694spam
5695.ft
5696and sausage.
5697
5698eggs, bacon, \fBspam\fP and sausage.
5699@endExample
5700
5701@xref{Font Positions}, for an alternative syntax.
5702@endDefreq
5703
5704@rqindex ft
5705@rqindex ul
5706@rqindex bd
5707@esindex \f
5708@rqindex cs
5709@rqindex tkf
5710@rqindex special
5711@rqindex fspecial
5712@rqindex fp
5713@rqindex code
5714@Defreq {ftr, f [@Var{g}]}
5715Translate font@w{ }@var{f} to font@w{ }@var{g}.  Whenever a font named
5716@var{f} is referred to in a @code{\f} escape sequence, or in the
5717@code{ft}, @code{ul}, @code{bd}, @code{cs}, @code{tkf},
5718@code{special}, @code{fspecial}, @code{fp}, or @code{code} requests,
5719font@w{ }@var{g} is used.  If @var{g} is missing or equal to @var{f}
5720the translation is undone.
5721@endDefreq
5722
5723@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5724
5725@node Font Families, Font Positions, Changing Fonts, Fonts
5726@subsection Font Families
5727@cindex font families
5728@cindex families, font
5729@cindex font styles
5730@cindex styles, font
5731
5732Due to the variety of fonts available, @code{gtroff} has added the
5733concept of @dfn{font families} and @dfn{font styles}.  The fonts are
5734specified as the concatenation of the font family and style.  Specifying
5735a font without the family part causes @code{gtroff} to use that style of
5736the current family.
5737
5738@cindex postscript fonts
5739@cindex fonts, postscript
5740Currently, only @sc{PostScript} fonts are set up to this mechanism.
5741By default, @code{gtroff} uses the Times family with the four styles
5742@samp{R}, @samp{I}, @samp{B}, and @samp{BI}.
5743
5744This way, it is possible to use the basic four fonts and to select a
5745different font family on the command line (@pxref{Groff Options}).
5746
5747@Defreq {fam, [@Var{family}]}
5748@Defregx {.fam}
5749Switch font family to @var{family}.  If no argument is given, switch
5750back to the previous font family.  The current font family is available
5751in the read-only number register @samp{.fam} (this is a string-valued
5752register); it is associated with the current environment.
5753
5754@Example
5755spam,
5756.fam H    \" helvetica family
5757spam,     \" used font is family H + style R = HR
5758.ft B     \" family H + style B = font HB
5759spam,
5760.fam T    \" times family
5761spam,     \" used font is family T + style B = TB
5762.ft AR    \" font AR (not a style)
5763baked beans,
5764.ft R     \" family T + style R = font TR
5765and spam.
5766@endExample
5767@endDefreq
5768
5769@rqindex cs
5770@rqindex bd
5771@rqindex tkf
5772@rqindex uf
5773@rqindex fspecial
5774@Defreq {sty, n style}
5775Associate @var{style} with font position@w{ }@var{n}.  A font position
5776can be associated either with a font or with a style.  The current
5777font is the index of a font position and so is also either a font or a
5778style.  When it is a style, the font that is actually used is the font
5779the name of which is the concatenation of the name of the current
5780family and the name of the current style.  For example, if the current
5781font is@w{ }1 and font position@w{ }1 is associated with style@w{
5782}@samp{R} and the current font family is@w{ }@samp{T}, then font
5783@samp{TR} will be used.  If the current font is not a style, then the
5784current family is ignored.  When the requests @code{cs}, @code{bd},
5785@code{tkf}, @code{uf}, or @code{fspecial} are applied to a style, then
5786they will instead be applied to the member of the current family
5787corresponding to that style.
5788
5789@var{n} must be a non-negative integer value.
5790
5791@pindex DESC
5792@kindex styles
5793The default family can be set with the @option{-f} option
5794(@pxref{Groff Options}).  The @code{styles} command in the @file{DESC}
5795file controls which font positions (if any) are initially associated
5796with styles rather than fonts.  For example, the default setting for
5797@sc{PostScript} fonts
5798
5799@Example
5800styles R I B BI
5801@endExample
5802
5803@noindent
5804is equivalent to
5805
5806@Example
5807.sty 1 R
5808.sty 2 I
5809.sty 3 B
5810.sty 4 BI
5811@endExample
5812
5813@code{.fam} always checks whether the current font position is valid;
5814this can give surprising results if the current font position is
5815associated with a style.
5816
5817In the following example, we want to access the @sc{PostScript} font
5818@code{FooBar} from the font family @code{Foo}:
5819
5820@Example
5821.sty \n[.fp] Bar
5822.fam Foo
5823    @result{} warning: can't find font `FooR'
5824@endExample
5825
5826@noindent
5827The default font position at start-up is@w{ }1; for the
5828@sc{PostScript} device, this is associated with style @samp{R}, so
5829@code{gtroff} tries to open @code{FooR}.
5830
5831A solution to this problem is to use a dummy font like the following:
5832
5833@Example
5834.fp 0 dummy TR    \" set up dummy font at position 0
5835.sty \n[.fp] Bar  \" register style `Bar'
5836.ft 0             \" switch to font at position 0
5837.fam Foo          \" activate family `Foo'
5838.ft Bar           \" switch to font `FooBar'
5839@endExample
5840
5841@xref{Font Positions}.
5842@endDefreq
5843
5844@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5845
5846@node Font Positions, Using Symbols, Font Families, Fonts
5847@subsection Font Positions
5848@cindex font positions
5849@cindex positions, font
5850
5851For the sake of old phototypesetters and compatibility with old versions
5852of @code{troff}, @code{gtroff} has the concept of font @dfn{positions},
5853on which various fonts are mounted.
5854
5855@Defreq {fp, pos font [@Var{external-name}]}
5856@Defregx {.f}
5857@Defregx {.fp}
5858Mount font @var{font} at position @var{pos} (which must be a
5859non-negative integer).  This numeric position can then be referred to
5860with font changing commands.  When @code{gtroff} starts it is using
5861font position@w{ }1 (which must exist; position@w{ }0 is unused
5862usually at start-up).
5863
5864@cindex current font position register
5865The current font in use, as a font position, is available in the
5866read-only number register @samp{.f}.  This can be useful to remember the
5867current font for later recall.  It is associated with the current
5868environment (@pxref{Environments}).
5869
5870@Example
5871.nr save-font \n[.f]
5872.ft B
5873... text text text ...
5874.ft \n[save-font]
5875@endExample
5876
5877@cindex next free font position register
5878The number of the next free font position is available in the read-only
5879number register @samp{.fp}.  This is useful when mounting a new font,
5880like so:
5881
5882@Example
5883.fp \n[.fp] NEATOFONT
5884@endExample
5885
5886@pindex DESC@r{, and font mounting}
5887Fonts not listed in the @file{DESC} file are automatically mounted on
5888the next available font position when they are referenced.  If a font
5889is to be mounted explicitly with the @code{fp} request on an unused
5890font position, it should be mounted on the first unused font position,
5891which can be found in the @code{.fp} register.  Although @code{gtroff}
5892does not enforce this strictly, it is not allowed to mount a font at a
5893position whose number is much greater (approx.@: 1000 positions) than
5894that of any currently used position.
5895
5896The @code{fp} request has an optional third argument.  This argument
5897gives the external name of the font, which is used for finding the font
5898description file.  The second argument gives the internal name of the
5899font which is used to refer to the font in @code{gtroff} after it has
5900been mounted.  If there is no third argument then the internal name is
5901used as the external name.  This feature makes it possible to use
5902fonts with long names in compatibility mode.
5903@endDefreq
5904
5905Both the @code{ft} request and the @code{\f} escape have alternative
5906syntax forms to access font positions.
5907
5908@rqindex sty
5909@rqindex fam
5910@kindex styles
5911@kindex family
5912@pindex DESC
5913@Defreq {ft, nnn}
5914@Defescx {\\f, , n, }
5915@Defescx {\\f, @lparen{}, nn, }
5916@Defescx {\\f, @lbrack{}, nnn, @rbrack}
5917Change the current font position to @var{nnn} (one-digit position
5918@var{n}, two-digit position @var{nn}), which must be a non-negative
5919integer.
5920
5921If @var{nnn} is associated with a style (as set with the @code{sty}
5922request or with the @code{styles} command in the @file{DESC} file), use
5923it within the current font family (as set with the @code{fam} request or
5924with the @code{family} command in the @file{DESC} file).
5925
5926@Example
5927this is font 1
5928.ft 2
5929this is font 2
5930.ft                   \" switch back to font 1
5931.ft 3
5932this is font 3
5933.ft
5934this is font 1 again
5935@endExample
5936
5937@xref{Changing Fonts}, for the standard syntax form.
5938@endDefreq
5939
5940@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5941
5942@node Using Symbols, Special Fonts, Font Positions, Fonts
5943@subsection Using Symbols
5944@cindex using symbols
5945@cindex symbols, using
5946
5947@cindex glyph
5948@cindex character
5949@cindex ligature
5950A @dfn{glyph} is a graphical representation of a @dfn{character}.
5951While a character is an abstract entity containing semantic
5952information, a glyph is something which can be actually seen on screen
5953or paper.  It is possible that a character has multiple glyph
5954representation forms (for example, the character `A' can be either
5955written in a roman or an italic font, yielding two different glyphs);
5956sometimes more than one character maps to a single glyph (this is a
5957@dfn{ligature} -- the most common is `fi').
5958
5959@c XXX
5960
5961Please note that currently the distinction between glyphs and
5962characters in this reference is not clearly carried out.  This will be
5963improved eventually in the next revision.
5964
5965@cindex symbol
5966@cindex special fonts
5967@kindex fonts
5968@pindex DESC
5969@rqindex fspecial
5970A @dfn{symbol} is simply a named glyph.  Within @code{gtroff}, all
5971glyph names of a particular font are defined in its font file.  If the
5972user requests a glyph not available in this font, @code{gtroff} looks
5973up an ordered list of @dfn{special fonts}.  By default, the
5974@sc{PostScript} output device supports the two special fonts @samp{SS}
5975(slanted symbols) and @samp{S} (symbols) (the former is looked up
5976before the latter).  Other output devices use different names for
5977special fonts.  Fonts mounted with the @code{fonts} keyword in the
5978@file{DESC} file are globally available.  To install additional
5979special fonts locally (i.e.@: for a particular font), use the
5980@code{fspecial} request.
5981
5982@xref{Font Files}, and @ref{Special Fonts}, for more details.
5983
5984@Defesc {\\, @lparen{}, nm, }
5985@Defescx {\\, @lbrack{}, name, @rbrack}
5986Insert a symbol @var{name} (two-character name @var{nm}).  There is no
5987special syntax for one-character names -- the natural form
5988@samp{\@var{n}} would collide with escapes.
5989
5990If @var{name} is undefined, a warning of type @samp{char} is generated,
5991and the escape is ignored.  @xref{Debugging}, for information about
5992warnings.
5993
5994The list of available symbols is device dependent; see @ref{Glyph Name
5995Index} for some of them discussed in this reference.
5996
5997@c XXX list of common symbols
5998@endDefesc
5999
6000@Defesc {\\C, ', xxx, '}
6001Typeset the character named @var{xxx}.  Normally it is more convenient
6002to use @code{\[@var{xxx}]}, but @code{\C} has the advantage that it is
6003compatible with newer versions of @code{ditroff} and is available in
6004compatibility mode.
6005@endDefesc
6006
6007@rqindex char
6008@cindex unicode
6009@Defesc {\\N, ', n, '}
6010Typeset the character with code@w{ }@var{n} in the current font (this
6011is @strong{not} the input character code).  @var{n} can be any
6012integer.  Most devices only have characters with codes between 0
6013and@w{ }255; the Unicode output device uses codes in the range
60140--65535.  If the current font does not contain a character with that
6015code, special fonts are @emph{not} searched.  The @code{\N} escape
6016sequence can be conveniently used in conjunction with the @code{char}
6017request:
6018
6019@Example
6020.char \[phone] \f[ZD]\N'37'
6021@endExample
6022
6023@noindent
6024@pindex DESC
6025@cindex unnamed characters
6026@cindex characters, unnamed
6027The code of each character is given in the fourth column in the font
6028description file after the @code{charset} command.  It is possible to
6029include unnamed characters in the font description file by using a
6030name of @samp{---}; the @code{\N} escape sequence is the only way to
6031use these.
6032@endDefesc
6033
6034@c XXX should be `glyph', not `character'
6035
6036@cindex character properties
6037@cindex properties of characters
6038@Defreq {cflags, n c1 c2 @dots{}}
6039Each character has certain properties associated with it.  These
6040properties can be modified with the @code{cflags} request.  The first
6041argument is the the sum of the desired flags and the remaining
6042arguments are the characters to have those properties.  It is possible
6043to omit the spaces between the characters.
6044
6045@table @code
6046@item 1
6047@cindex end of sentence characters
6048@cindex characters, end of sentence
6049the character ends sentences (initially characters @samp{.?!} have this
6050property)
6051
6052@item 2
6053@cindex hyphenating characters
6054@cindex characters, hyphenation
6055lines can be broken before the character (initially no characters have
6056this property)
6057
6058@item 4
6059@glindex hy
6060@glindex em
6061lines can be broken after the character (initially the characters
6062@samp{-\(hy\(em} have this property)
6063
6064@item 8
6065@cindex overlapping characters
6066@cindex characters, overlapping
6067@glindex ul
6068@glindex rn
6069@glindex ru
6070the character overlaps horizontally (initially the characters
6071@samp{\(ul\(rn\(ru} have this property)
6072
6073@item 16
6074@glindex br
6075the character overlaps vertically (initially character @samp{\(br} has
6076this property)
6077
6078@item 32
6079@cindex transparent characters
6080@cindex character, transparent
6081@cindex '
6082@cindex "
6083@cindex ]
6084@cindex )
6085@cindex *
6086@glindex dg
6087@glindex rq
6088an end of sentence character followed by any number of characters with
6089this property is treated as the end of a sentence if followed by a
6090newline or two spaces; in other words the character is
6091@dfn{transparent} for the purposes of end of sentence recognition --
6092this is the same as having a zero space factor in @TeX{} (initially
6093characters @samp{"')]*\(dg\(rq} have this property).
6094@end table
6095@endDefreq
6096
6097@cindex defining characters
6098@cindex characters, defining
6099@cindex creating new characters
6100@cindex escape character
6101@cindex character, escape
6102@rqindex tr
6103@rqindex cp
6104@rqindex rc
6105@rqindex lc
6106@esindex \l
6107@esindex \L
6108@esindex \&
6109@esindex \e
6110@rqindex hcode
6111@Defreq {char, c [@Var{string}]}
6112Define a new character@w{ }@var{c} to be @var{string} (which can be
6113empty).  Every time character@w{ }@var{c} needs to be printed,
6114@var{string} is processed in a temporary environment and the result is
6115wrapped up into a single object.  Compatibility mode is turned off and
6116the escape character is set to @samp{\} while @var{string} is being
6117processed.  Any emboldening, constant spacing or track kerning is
6118applied to this object rather than to individual characters in
6119@var{string}.  A character defined by this request can be used just
6120like a normal character provided by the output device.  In particular,
6121other characters can be translated to it with the @code{tr} request;
6122it can be made the leader character by the @code{lc} request; repeated
6123patterns can be drawn with the character using the @code{\l} and
6124@code{\L} escape sequences; words containing the character can be
6125hyphenated correctly, if the @code{hcode} request is used to give the
6126character a hyphenation code.  There is a special anti-recursion
6127feature: Use of character within the character's definition is handled
6128like normal characters not defined with @code{char}.
6129@endDefreq
6130
6131@cindex removing character definition
6132@cindex character, removing definition
6133@Defreq {rchar, c1 c2 @dots{}}
6134Remove the definitions of characters @var{c1}, @var{c2},@w{
6135}@enddots{} This undoes the effect of a @code{char} request.
6136
6137It is possible to omit the whitespace between arguments.
6138@endDefreq
6139
6140@xref{Special Characters}.
6141
6142@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6143
6144@node Special Fonts, Artificial Fonts, Using Symbols, Fonts
6145@subsection Special Fonts
6146@cindex special fonts
6147@cindex fonts, special
6148
6149@c XXX
6150
6151To be written.
6152
6153@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6154
6155@node Artificial Fonts, Ligatures and Kerning, Special Fonts, Fonts
6156@subsection Artificial Fonts
6157@cindex artificial fonts
6158@cindex fonts, artificial
6159
6160There are a number of requests for artificially creating fonts.  These
6161are largely vestiges of the days when output devices did not have a
6162wide variety of fonts, and when @code{nroff} and @code{troff} were
6163separate programs.  These are no longer necessary in GNU
6164@code{troff}.  Nevertheless, they are supported.
6165
6166@cindex underlining
6167@Defreq {ul, [@Var{lines}]}
6168The @code{ul} request normally underlines subsequent lines if a tty
6169output device is used.  Otherwise, the lines are printed in italics
6170(only the term `underlined' is used in the following).  The single
6171argument is the number of input lines to be underlined; with no
6172argument, the next line is underlined.  If @var{lines} is zero or
6173negative, stop the effects of @code{ul} (if it was active).  Requests
6174and empty lines do not count for computing the number of underlined
6175input lines, even if they produce some output like @code{tl}.  Lines
6176inserted by macros (e.g.@: invoked by a trap) do count.
6177
6178At the beginning of @code{ul}, the current font is stored and the
6179underline font is activated.  Within the span of a @code{ul} request,
6180it is possible to change fonts, but after the last line affected by
6181@code{ul} the saved font is restored.
6182
6183@cindex underline font
6184@cindex font, for underlining
6185@rqindex uf
6186This command is associated with the current environment.  The
6187underline font can be changed with the @code{uf} request.
6188
6189@c XXX @xref should be changed to grotty
6190
6191@xref{Troff and Nroff Mode}, for a discussion how underlining is
6192implemented in for tty output devices, and which problems can arise.
6193
6194The @code{ul} request does not underline spaces.
6195@endDefreq
6196
6197@cindex continuous underlining
6198@cindex underlining, continuous
6199@Defreq {cu, [@Var{lines}]}
6200The @code{cu} request is similar to @code{ul} but underlines spaces as
6201well (if a tty output device is used).
6202@endDefreq
6203
6204@cindex underline font
6205@cindex font for underlining
6206@rqindex ul
6207@rqindex cu
6208@Defreq {uf, font}
6209Set the underline font (globally) used by @code{ul} and @code{cu}.  By
6210default, this is the font at position@w{ }2.  @var{font} can be either
6211a non-negative font position or the name of a font.
6212@endDefreq
6213
6214@cindex imitating bold face
6215@cindex bold face, imitating
6216@Defreq {bd, font [@Var{offset}]}
6217@Defreqx {bd, font1 font2 [@Var{offset}]}
6218@Defregx {.b}
6219Artificially create a bold font by printing each character twice,
6220slightly offset.
6221
6222Two syntax forms are available.
6223
6224@itemize @bullet
6225@item
6226Imitate a bold font unconditionally.  The first argument specifies the
6227font to embolden, and the second is the number of basic units, minus
6228one, by which the two characters is offset.  If the second argument is
6229missing, emboldening is turned off.
6230
6231@var{font} can be either a non-negative font position or the name of a
6232font.
6233
6234@var{offset} is available in the @code{.b} read-only register if a
6235special font is active; in the @code{bd} request, its default unit is
6236@samp{u}.
6237
6238@rqindex fspecial
6239@kindex special
6240@cindex embolding of special fonts
6241@cindex special fonts, emboldening
6242@item
6243Imitate a bold form conditionally.  Embolden @var{font1} by
6244@var{offset} only if font @var{font2} is the current font.  This
6245command can be issued repeatedly to set up different emboldening
6246values for different current fonts.  If the second argument is
6247missing, emboldening is turned off for this particular current font.
6248
6249This affects special fonts only (either set up with the @code{special}
6250command in font files or with the @code{fspecial} request).
6251@end itemize
6252@endDefreq
6253
6254@cindex constant character space mode
6255@cindex mode for constant character space
6256@cindex character, constant space
6257@rqindex ps
6258@Defreq {cs, font [@Var{width} [@Var{em-size}]]}
6259Switch to and from constant character space mode.  If activated, the
6260width of every character is @math{@var{width}/36} ems.  The em size is
6261given absolutely by @var{em-size}; if this argument is missing, the em
6262value is taken from the current font size (as set with the @code{ps}
6263request) when the font is effectively in use.  Without second and
6264third argument, constant character space mode is deactivated.
6265
6266Default unit for @var{em-size} is @samp{z}; @var{width} is an integer.
6267@endDefreq
6268
6269@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6270
6271@node Ligatures and Kerning,  , Artificial Fonts, Fonts
6272@subsection Ligatures and Kerning
6273@cindex ligatures and kerning
6274@cindex kerning and ligatures
6275
6276Ligatures are groups of characters that are run together.  For
6277example, the letters `f' and `i' can form a ligature `fi' as in the
6278word `file'.  This produces a cleaner look (albeit subtle) to the
6279printed output.  Usually, ligatures are not available in fonts for tty
6280output devices.
6281
6282Most @sc{PostScript} fonts support the fi and fl ligatures.  The C/A/T
6283typesetter that was the target of AT&T @code{troff} also supported
6284`ff', `ffi', and `ffl' ligatures.  Advanced typesetters or `expert'
6285fonts may include ligatures for `ft' and `ct', although GNU
6286@code{troff} does not support these (yet).
6287
6288@cindex ligatures enabled register
6289@Defreq {lg, [@Var{flag}]}
6290@Defregx {.lg}
6291The ligature mechanism can be switched on or off with the @code{lg}
6292request; if the parameter is non-zero or missing, ligatures are
6293enabled, otherwise disabled.  Default is on.  The current ligature
6294mode can be found in the read-only number register @code{.lg} (set to
62951 or@w{ }2 if ligatures are enabled, 0@w{ }otherwise).
6296
6297Setting the ligature mode to@w{ }2 enables the two-character ligatures
6298(fi, fl, and ff) and disables the three-character ligatures (ffi and
6299ffl).
6300@endDefreq
6301
6302@dfn{Pairwise kerning} is another subtle typesetting mechanism that
6303modifies the distance between a character pair to improve readability.
6304In most cases (but not always) the distance is decreased.
6305@ifnotinfo
6306For example, compare the combination of the letters `V' and `A'.  With
6307kerning, `VA' is printed.  Without kerning it appears as `V@w{}A'.
6308@end ifnotinfo
6309Typewriter-like fonts and fonts for terminals where all characters
6310have the same width don't use kerning.
6311
6312@cindex kerning enabled register
6313@Defreq {kern, [@Var{flag}]}
6314@Defregx {.kern}
6315Kerning can be activated with the @code{kern} request.  If the
6316parameter is non-zero or missing, enable pairwise kerning, otherwise
6317disable it.  The read-only number register @code{.kern} is set to@w{
6318}1 if pairwise kerning is enabled, 0@w{ }otherwise.
6319
6320@cindex zero width space character
6321@cindex character, zero width space
6322@cindex space character, zero width
6323If the font description file contains pairwise kerning information,
6324characters from that font are kerned.  Kerning between two characters
6325can be inhibited by placing @code{\&} between them: @samp{V\&A}.
6326
6327@xref{Font File Format}.
6328@endDefreq
6329
6330@cindex track kerning
6331@cindex kerning, track
6332@dfn{Track kerning} expands or reduces the space between characters.
6333This can be handy, for example, if you need to squeeze a long word
6334onto a single line or spread some text to fill a narrow column.  It
6335must be used with great care since it is usually considered bad
6336typography if the reader notices the effect.
6337
6338@Defreq {tkf, f s1 n1 s2 n2}
6339Enable track kerning for font@w{ }@var{f}.  If the current font is@w{
6340}@var{f} the width of every character is increased by an amount
6341between @var{n1} and @var{n2} (@var{n1}, @var{n2} can be negative); if
6342the current point size is less than or equal to @var{s1} the width is
6343increased by @var{n1}; if it is greater than or equal to @var{s2} the
6344width is increased by @var{n2}; if the point size is greater than or
6345equal to @var{s1} and less than or equal to @var{s2} the increase in
6346width is a linear function of the point size.
6347
6348The default unit is @samp{z} for @var{s1} and @var{s2}, @samp{p} for
6349@var{n1} and @var{n2}.
6350@endDefreq
6351
6352Sometimes, when typesetting letters of different fonts, more or less
6353space at such boundaries are needed.  There are two escapes to help
6354with this.
6355
6356@cindex italic correction
6357@cindex correction, italic
6358@cindex correction between italic and roman character
6359@cindex roman character, correction after italic character
6360@cindex italic character, correction before roman character
6361@Defesc {\\/, , , }
6362Increase the width of the preceding character so that the spacing
6363between that character and the following character is correct if the
6364following character is a roman character.  For example, if an
6365italic@w{ }@code{f} is immediately followed by a roman right
6366parenthesis, then in many fonts the top right portion of the @code{f}
6367overlaps the top left of the right parenthesis.  Use this escape
6368sequence whenever an italic character is immediately followed by a
6369roman character without any intervening space.  This small amount of
6370space is also called @dfn{italic correction}.
6371
6372@iftex
6373@example
6374@group
6375\f[I]f\f[R])
6376    @result{} {@it f}@r{)}
6377\f[I]f\/\f[R])
6378    @result{} @i{f}@r{)}
6379@end group
6380@end example
6381@end iftex
6382@endDefesc
6383
6384@cindex left italic correction
6385@cindex correction, left italic
6386@cindex roman character, correction before italic character
6387@cindex italic character, correction after roman character
6388@Defesc {\\\,, , , }
6389Modify the spacing of the following character so that the spacing
6390between that character and the preceding character is correct if the
6391preceding character is a roman character.  Use this escape sequence
6392whenever a roman character is immediately followed by an italic
6393character without any intervening space.  In analogy to above, this
6394space could be called @dfn{left italic correction}, but this term
6395isn't used widely.
6396
6397@iftex
6398@example
6399@group
6400q\f[I]f
6401    @result{} @r{q}@i{f}
6402q\,\f[I]f
6403    @result{} @r{q}@math{@ptexcomma}@i{f}
6404@end group
6405@end example
6406@end iftex
6407@endDefesc
6408
6409@Defesc {\\&, , , }
6410Insert a zero-width character, which is invisible.  Its intended use
6411is to stop interaction of a character with its surrounding.
6412
6413@itemize @bullet
6414@item
6415It prevents the insertion of extra space after an end of sentence
6416character.
6417
6418@Example
6419Test.
6420Test.
6421    @result{} Test.  Test.
6422Test.\&
6423Test.
6424    @result{} Test. Test.
6425@endExample
6426
6427@item
6428It prevents interpretation of a control character at the beginning of
6429an input line.
6430
6431@Example
6432.Test
6433    @result{} warning: `Test' not defined
6434\&.Test
6435    @result{} .Test
6436@endExample
6437
6438@item
6439It prevents kerning between two characters.
6440
6441@ifnotinfo
6442@example
6443@group
6444VA
6445    @result{} @r{VA}
6446V\&A
6447    @result{} @r{V@w{}A}
6448@end group
6449@end example
6450@end ifnotinfo
6451
6452@item
6453It is needed to map an arbitrary character to nothing in the @code{tr}
6454request (@pxref{Character Translations}).
6455@end itemize
6456@endDefesc
6457
6458
6459@c =====================================================================
6460
6461@node Sizes, Strings, Fonts, gtroff Reference
6462@section Sizes
6463@cindex sizes
6464
6465@cindex baseline
6466@cindex type size
6467@cindex size of type
6468@cindex vertical spacing
6469@cindex spacing, vertical
6470@code{gtroff} uses two dimensions with each line of text, type size
6471and vertical spacing.  The @dfn{type size} is approximately the height
6472of the tallest character.@footnote{This is usually the parenthesis.
6473Note that in most cases the real dimensions of the glyphs in a font
6474are @emph{not} related to its type size!  For example, the standard
6475@sc{PostScript} font families `Times Roman', `Helvetica', and
6476`Courier' can't be used together at 10@dmn{pt}; to get acceptable
6477output, the size of `Helvetica' has to be reduced by one point, and
6478the size of `Courier' must be increased by one point.}  @dfn{Vertical
6479spacing} is the amount of space @code{gtroff} allows for a line of
6480text; normally, this is about 20%@w{ }larger than the current type
6481size.  Ratios smaller than this can result in hard-to-read text;
6482larger than this, it spreads the text out more vertically (useful for
6483term papers).  By default, @code{gtroff} uses 10@w{ }point type on
648412@w{ }point spacing.
6485
6486@cindex leading
6487The difference between type size and vertical spacing is known, by
6488typesetters, as @dfn{leading}.
6489
6490@menu
6491* Changing Type Sizes::
6492* Fractional Type Sizes::
6493@end menu
6494
6495@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6496
6497@node Changing Type Sizes, Fractional Type Sizes, Sizes, Sizes
6498@subsection Changing Type Sizes
6499@cindex changing type sizes
6500@cindex type sizes, changing
6501
6502@Defreq {ps, [@Var{size}]}
6503@Defreqx {ps, @t{+}@Var{size}}
6504@Defreqx {ps, @t{-}@Var{size}}
6505@Defescx {\\s, , size, }
6506@Defregx {.s}
6507Use the @code{ps} request or the @code{\s} escape to change (increase,
6508decrease) the type size (in points).  Specify @var{size} as either an
6509absolute point size, or as a relative change from the current size.
6510The size@w{ }0, or no argument, goes back to the previous size.
6511
6512Default unit of @code{size} is @samp{z}.  If @code{size} is zero or
6513negative, it is set to 1@dmn{u}.
6514
6515The read-only number register @code{.s} returns the point size in
6516points as a decimal fraction.  This is a string.  To get the point
6517size in scaled points, use the @code{.ps} register instead.
6518
6519@code{.s} is associated with the current environment
6520(@pxref{Environments}).
6521
6522@Example
6523snap, snap,
6524.ps +2
6525grin, grin,
6526.ps +2
6527wink, wink, \s+2nudge, nudge,\s+8 say no more!
6528.ps 10
6529@endExample
6530
6531The @code{\s} escape may be called in a variety of ways.  Much like
6532other escapes there must be a way to determine where the argument ends
6533and the text begins.  Any of the following forms are valid:
6534
6535@table @code
6536@item \s@var{n}
6537Set the point size to @var{n}@w{ }points.  @var{n}@w{ }must be either
65380 or in the range 4 to@w{ }39.
6539
6540@item \s+@var{n}
6541@itemx \s-@var{n}
6542Increase or decrease the point size by @var{n}@w{ }points.  @var{n}@w{
6543}must be exactly one digit.
6544
6545@item \s(@var{nn}
6546Set the point size to @var{nn}@w{ }points.  @var{nn} must be exactly
6547two digits.
6548
6549@item \s+(@var{nn}
6550@itemx \s-(@var{nn}
6551@itemx \s(+@var{nn}
6552@itemx \s(-@var{nn}
6553Increase or decrease the point size by @var{nn}@w{ }points.  @var{nn}
6554must be exactly two digits.
6555@end table
6556
6557@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for yet another syntactical form of
6558using the @code{\s} escape.
6559
6560Some devices may only have certain permissible sizes, in which case
6561@code{gtroff} rounds to the nearest permissible size.
6562@endDefreq
6563
6564@cindex current type size register
6565@cindex current vertical spacing register
6566@Defreq {vs, [@Var{space}]}
6567@Defreqx {vs, @t{+}@Var{space}}
6568@Defreqx {vs, @t{-}@Var{space}}
6569@Defregx {.v}
6570Change (increase, decrease) the vertical spacing by @var{space}.  The
6571default unit is @samp{p}.
6572
6573If @code{vs} is called without an argument, the vertical spacing is
6574reset to the previous value before the last call to @code{vs}.
6575
6576@vindex .V
6577@code{gtroff} creates a warning of type @samp{range} if @var{space} is
6578zero or negative; the vertical spacing is then set to the vertical
6579resolution (as given in the @code{.V} register).
6580
6581The read-only number register @code{.v} contains the current vertical
6582spacing; it is associated with the current environment
6583(@pxref{Environments}).
6584@endDefreq
6585
6586@c XXX example
6587
6588@ignore
6589@Example
6590... .sz macro example?? ...
6591@endExample
6592@end ignore
6593
6594@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6595
6596@node Fractional Type Sizes,  , Changing Type Sizes, Sizes
6597@subsection Fractional Type Sizes
6598@cindex fractional type sizes
6599@cindex type sizes, fractional
6600
6601@cindex @code{s} unit
6602@cindex unit, @code{s}
6603@cindex @code{z} unit
6604@cindex unit, @code{z}
6605@rqindex ps
6606@rqindex cs
6607@rqindex tkf
6608@esindex \H
6609@esindex \s
6610A @dfn{scaled point} is equal to @math{1/@var{sizescale}} points,
6611where @var{sizescale} is specified in the @file{DESC} file (1@w{ }by
6612default).  There is a new scale indicator @samp{z} which has the
6613effect of multiplying by @var{sizescale}.  Requests and escape
6614sequences in @code{gtroff} interpret arguments that represent a point
6615size as being in units of scaled points, but they evaluate each such
6616argument using a default scale indicator of @samp{z}.  Arguments
6617treated in this way are the argument to the @code{ps} request, the
6618third argument to the @code{cs} request, the second and fourth
6619arguments to the @code{tkf} request, the argument to the @code{\H}
6620escape sequence, and those variants of the @code{\s} escape sequence
6621that take a numeric expression as their argument (see below).
6622
6623For example, suppose @var{sizescale} is@w{ }1000; then a scaled point
6624is equivalent to a millipoint; the request @w{@samp{.ps 10.25}} is
6625equivalent to @w{@samp{.ps 10.25z}} and thus sets the point size to
662610250@w{ }scaled points, which is equal to 10.25@w{ }points.
6627
6628@code{gtroff} disallows the use of the @samp{z} scale indicator in
6629instances where it would make no sense, such as a numeric
6630expression whose default scale indicator was neither @samp{u} nor
6631@samp{z}.  Similarly it would make
6632no sense to use a scaling indicator other than @samp{z} or @samp{u} in a
6633numeric expression whose default scale indicator was @samp{z}, and so
6634@code{gtroff} disallows this as well.
6635
6636There is also new scale indicator @samp{s} which multiplies by the
6637number of units in a scaled point.  So, for example, @samp{\n[.ps]s} is
6638equal to @samp{1m}.  Be sure not to confuse the @samp{s} and @samp{z}
6639scale indicators.
6640
6641@vindex .s
6642@Defreg {.ps}
6643A read-only number register returning the point size in scaled points.
6644
6645@code{.ps} is associated with the current environment
6646(@pxref{Environments}).
6647@endDefreg
6648
6649@cindex last-requested point size register
6650@cindex point size, last-requested
6651@vindex .ps
6652@vindex .s
6653@Defreg {.psr}
6654@Defregx {.sr}
6655The last-requested point size in scaled points is contained in the
6656@code{.psr} read-only number register.  The last requested point size
6657in points as a decimal fraction can be found in @code{.sr}.  This is a
6658string-valued read-only number register.
6659
6660Note that the requested point sizes are device-independent, whereas
6661the values returned by the @code{.ps} and @code{.s} registers are not.
6662For example, if a point size of 11@dmn{pt} is requested for a DVI
6663device, 10.95@dmn{pt} are actually used (as specified in the
6664@file{DESC} file).
6665
6666Both registers are associated with the current environment
6667(@pxref{Environments}).
6668@endDefreg
6669
6670The @code{\s} escape has the following syntax for working with
6671fractional type sizes:
6672
6673@table @code
6674@item \s[@var{n}]
6675@itemx \s'@var{n}'
6676Set the point size to @var{n} scaled points; @var{n}@w{ }is a numeric
6677expression with a default scale indicator of @samp{z}.
6678
6679@item \s[+@var{n}]
6680@itemx \s[-@var{n}]
6681@itemx \s+[@var{n}]
6682@itemx \s-[@var{n}]
6683@itemx \s'+@var{n}'
6684@itemx \s'-@var{n}'
6685@itemx \s+'@var{n}'
6686@itemx \s-'@var{n}'
6687Increase or or decrease the point size by @var{n} scaled points;
6688@var{n} is a numeric expression with a default scale indicator of
6689@samp{z}.
6690@end table
6691
6692@xref{Font Files}.
6693
6694
6695@c =====================================================================
6696
6697@node Strings, Conditionals and Loops, Sizes, gtroff Reference
6698@section Strings
6699@cindex strings
6700
6701@code{gtroff} has string variables, which are entirely for user
6702convenience (i.e.@: there are no built-in strings exept @code{.T}, but
6703even this is a read-write string variable).
6704
6705@cindex string interpolation
6706@cindex string expansion
6707@cindex interpolation of strings
6708@cindex expansion of strings
6709@Defreq {ds, name [@Var{string}]}
6710@Defescx {\\*, , n, }
6711@Defescx {\\*, @lparen{}, nm, }
6712@Defescx {\\*, @lbrack{}, name, @rbrack{}}
6713Define and access a string variable @var{name} (one-character name
6714@var{n}, two-character name @var{nm}).  If @var{name} already exists,
6715@code{ds} overwrites the previous definition.
6716
6717Example:
6718
6719@Example
6720.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d
6721.
6722The \*(UX Operating System
6723@endExample
6724
6725The @code{\*} escape @dfn{interpolates} (expands in-place) a
6726previously-defined string variable.  To be more precise, the stored
6727string is pushed onto the input stack which is then parsed by
6728@code{gtroff}.  Similar to number registers, it is possible to nest
6729strings, i.e. a string variables can be called within string
6730variables.
6731
6732If the string named by the @code{\*} does not exist, it is defined as
6733empty, and a warning of type @samp{mac} is emitted (see
6734@ref{Debugging}, for more details).
6735
6736@cindex comments, with @code{ds}
6737@strong{Caution:} Unlike other requests, the second argument to the
6738@code{ds} request takes up the entire line including trailing spaces.
6739This means that comments on a line with such a request can introduce
6740unwanted space into a string.
6741
6742@Example
6743.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d \" UNIX trademark
6744@endExample
6745
6746@noindent
6747Instead the comment should be put on another line or have the comment
6748escape adjacent with the end of the string.
6749
6750@Example
6751.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d\"  UNIX trademark
6752@endExample
6753
6754@cindex trailing quotes
6755@cindex quotes, trailing
6756@cindex leading spaces with @code{ds}
6757@cindex spaces with @code{ds}
6758To produce leading space the string can be started with a double
6759quote.  No trailing quote is needed; in fact, any trailing quote is
6760included in your string.
6761
6762@Example
6763.ds sign "           Yours in a white wine sauce,
6764@endExample
6765
6766@esindex \@key{RET}
6767@cindex multi-line strings
6768@cindex strings, multi-line
6769@cindex newline character in strings, escaping
6770@cindex escaping newline characters in strings
6771Strings are not limited to a single line of text.  A string can span
6772several lines by escaping the newlines with a backslash.  The
6773resulting string is stored @emph{without} the newlines.
6774
6775@Example
6776.ds foo lots and lots \
6777of text are on these \
6778next several lines
6779@endExample
6780
6781It is not possible to have real newlines in a string.
6782
6783@cindex name space of macros and strings
6784@cindex macros, shared name space with strings
6785@cindex strings, shared name space with macros
6786Strings, macros, and diversions (and boxes) share the same name space.
6787Internally, even the same mechanism is used to store them.  This has
6788some interesting consequences.  For example, it is possible to call a
6789macro with string syntax and vice versa.
6790
6791@Example
6792.de xxx
6793a funny test.
6794..
6795This is \*[xxx]
6796    @result{} This is a funny test.
6797
6798.ds yyy a funny test
6799This is
6800.yyy
6801    @result{} This is a funny test.
6802@endExample
6803
6804Diversions and boxes can be also called with string syntax.  It is not
6805possible to pass arguments to a macro if called with @code{\*}.
6806
6807Another consequence is that you can copy one-line diversions or boxes
6808to a string.
6809
6810@Example
6811.di xxx
6812a \fItest\fR
6813.br
6814.di
6815.ds yyy This is \*[xxx]\c
6816\*[yyy].
6817    @result{} @r{This is a }@i{test}.
6818@endExample
6819
6820@noindent
6821As the previous example shows, it is possible to store formatted
6822output in strings.  The @code{\c} escape prevents the insertion of an
6823additional blank line in the output.
6824
6825Copying diversions longer than a single output line produces
6826unexpected results.
6827
6828@Example
6829.di xxx
6830a funny
6831.br
6832test
6833.br
6834.di
6835.ds yyy This is \*[xxx]\c
6836\*[yyy].
6837    @result{} test This is a funny.
6838@endExample
6839
6840Usually, it is not predictable whether a diversion contains one or
6841more output lines, so this mechanism should be avoided.  With
6842@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}, this was the only solution to strip off a
6843final newline from a diversion.  Another disadvantage is that the
6844spaces in the copied string are already formatted, making them
6845unstretchable.  This can cause ugly results.
6846
6847@rqindex chop
6848@rqindex unformat
6849A clean solution to this problem is available in GNU @code{troff},
6850using the requests @code{chop} to remove the final newline of a
6851diversion, and @code{unformat} to make the horizontal spaces
6852stretchable again.
6853
6854@Example
6855.box xxx
6856a funny
6857.br
6858test
6859.br
6860.box
6861.chop xxx
6862.unformat xxx
6863This is \*[xxx].
6864    @result{} This is a funny test.
6865@endExample
6866
6867@xref{Gtroff Internals}, for more information.
6868@endDefreq
6869
6870@cindex appending to strings
6871@cindex strings, appending
6872@Defreq {as, name [@Var{string}]}
6873The @code{as} request is similar to @code{ds} but appends @var{string}
6874to the string stored as @var{name} instead of redefining it.  If
6875@var{name} doesn't exist yet, it is created.
6876
6877@Example
6878.as sign " with shallots, onions and garlic,
6879@endExample
6880@endDefreq
6881
6882Rudimentary string manipulation routines are given with the next two
6883requests.
6884
6885@cindex substring
6886@Defreq {substring, str n1 [@Var{n2}]}
6887Replace the string in register@w{ }@var{str} with the substring
6888defined by the indices @var{n1} and@w{ }@var{n2}.  The first character
6889in the string has index one.  If @var{n2} is omitted, it is taken to
6890be equal to the string's length.  If the index value @var{n1} or
6891@var{n2} is negative or zero, it is counted from the end of the
6892string, going backwards: The last character has index@w{ }0, the
6893character before the last character has index@w{ }@minus{}1, etc.
6894
6895@Example
6896.ds xxx abcdefgh
6897.substring xxx 2 -3
6898\*[xxx]
6899    @result{} bcde
6900@endExample
6901@endDefreq
6902
6903@cindex length of a string
6904@cindex string, length of
6905@Defreq {length, reg str}
6906Compute the length of @var{str} and returns it in the number
6907register@w{ }@var{reg}.  If @var{reg} doesn't exist, it is created.
6908
6909@Example
6910.ds xxx abcdefgh
6911.length yyy xxx
6912\n[yyy]
6913    @result{} 8
6914@endExample
6915@endDefreq
6916
6917@cindex rename request
6918@cindex rename macro
6919@cindex rename string
6920@Defreq {rn, xx yy}
6921Rename the request, macro, or string @var{xx} to @var{yy}.
6922@endDefreq
6923
6924@cindex remove request
6925@cindex remove macro
6926@cindex remove string
6927@Defreq {rm, xx}
6928Remove the request, macro, or string @var{xx}.  @code{gtroff} treats
6929subsequent invocations as if the object had never been defined.
6930@endDefreq
6931
6932@cindex alias
6933@Defreq {als, new old}
6934Create an alias named @var{new} for the request, string, macro, or
6935diversion object named @var{old}.  The new name and the old name are
6936exactly equivalent (it is similar to a hard rather than a soft
6937link). If @var{old} is undefined, @code{gtroff} generates a warning of
6938type @samp{mac} and ignores the request.
6939@endDefreq
6940
6941@Defreq {chop, xx}
6942Remove (chop) the last character from the macro, string, or diversion
6943named @var{xx}. This is useful for removing the newline from the end
6944of diversions that are to be interpolated as strings.  This command
6945can be used repeatedly; see @ref{Gtroff Internals}, for details on
6946nodes inserted by @code{gtroff} automatically.
6947@endDefreq
6948
6949@xref{Identifiers}, and @ref{Comments}.
6950
6951
6952@c =====================================================================
6953
6954@node Conditionals and Loops, Writing Macros, Strings, gtroff Reference
6955@section Conditionals and Loops
6956@cindex conditionals and loops
6957@cindex loops and conditionals
6958
6959@menu
6960* Operators in Conditionals::
6961* if-else::
6962* while::
6963@end menu
6964
6965@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
6966
6967@node Operators in Conditionals, if-else, Conditionals and Loops, Conditionals and Loops
6968@subsection Operators in Conditionals
6969
6970@rqindex if
6971@rqindex while
6972@cindex @code{if}, operators to use with it
6973@cindex @code{while}, operators to use with it
6974In @code{if} and @code{while} requests, there are several more
6975operators available:
6976
6977@table @code
6978@item e
6979@itemx o
6980True if the current page is even or odd numbered (respectively).
6981
6982@item n
6983@rqindex nroff
6984True if the document is being processed in nroff mode (i.e., the
6985@code{.nroff} command has been issued).
6986
6987@item t
6988@rqindex troff
6989True if the document is being processed in troff mode (i.e., the
6990@code{.troff} command has been issued).
6991
6992@item v
6993Always false.
6994
6995@item '@var{xxx}'@var{yyy}'
6996True if the string @var{xxx} is equal to the string @var{yyy}.  Other
6997characters can be used in place of the single quotes; the same set of
6998delimiters as for the @code{\D} escape is used (@pxref{Escapes}).
6999@code{gtroff} formats the strings before being compared:
7000
7001@Example
7002.ie "|"\fR|\fP" \
7003true
7004.el \
7005false
7006    @result{} true
7007@endExample
7008
7009@noindent
7010The resulting motions, character sizes, and fonts have to
7011match,@footnote{The created output nodes must be identical.
7012@xref{Gtroff Internals}.} and not the individual motion, size, and
7013font requests.  In the previous example, @samp{|} and @samp{\fR|\fP}
7014both result in a roman @samp{|} character with the same point size and
7015at the same location on the page, so the strings are equal.  If
7016@samp{.ft@w{ }I} had been added before the @samp{.ie}, the result
7017would be ``false'' because (the first) @samp{|} produces an italic
7018@samp{|} rather than a roman one.
7019
7020@item r @var{xxx}
7021True if there is a number register named @var{xxx}.
7022
7023@item d @var{xxx}
7024True if there is a string, macro, diversion, or request named @var{xxx}.
7025
7026@item c @var{ch}
7027@rqindex char
7028True if there is a character @var{ch} available; @var{ch} is either an
7029@acronym{ASCII} character or a special character (@code{\(@var{ch}} or
7030@code{\[@var{ch}]}); the condition is also true if @var{ch} has been
7031defined by the @code{char} request.
7032@end table
7033
7034Note that these operators can't be combined with other operators like
7035@samp{:} or @samp{&}; only a leading @samp{!} (without whitespace
7036between the exclamation mark and the operator) can be used to negate
7037the result.
7038
7039@Example
7040.nr xxx 1
7041.ie !r xxx \
7042true
7043.el \
7044false
7045    @result{} false
7046@endExample
7047
7048A whitespace after @samp{!} always evaluates to zero (this bizarre
7049behaviour is due to compatibility with @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}).
7050
7051@Example
7052.nr xxx 1
7053.ie ! r xxx \
7054true
7055.el \
7056false
7057    @result{} r xxx true
7058@endExample
7059
7060It is possible to omit the whitespace before the argument to the
7061@samp{r}, @samp{d}, and @samp{c} operators.
7062
7063@xref{Expressions}.
7064
7065@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7066
7067@node if-else, while, Operators in Conditionals, Conditionals and Loops
7068@subsection if-else
7069@cindex if-else
7070
7071@code{gtroff} has if-then-else constructs like other languages, although
7072the formatting can be painful.
7073
7074@Defreq {if, expr anything}
7075Evaluate the expression @var{expr}, and executes @var{anything} (the
7076remainder of the line) if @var{expr} evaluates to non-zero (true).
7077@var{anything} is interpreted as though it was on a line by itself
7078(except that leading spaces are swallowed).  @xref{Expressions}, for
7079more info.
7080
7081@Example
7082.nr xxx 1
7083.nr yyy 2
7084.if ((\n[xxx] == 1) & (\n[yyy] == 2)) true
7085    @result{} true
7086@endExample
7087@endDefreq
7088
7089@c XXX .nop request
7090
7091@Defreq {ie, expr anything}
7092@Defreqx {el, anything}
7093Use the @code{ie} and @code{el} requests to write an if-then-else.
7094The first request is the `if' part and the latter is the `else' part.
7095
7096@Example
7097.ie n .ls 2 \" double spacing in nroff
7098.el   .ls 1 \" single spacing in troff
7099@endExample
7100@endDefreq
7101
7102@c this is a bug in makeinfo: you can't have `@{' as an argument
7103@c to deffn
7104
7105@esindex \@{
7106@esindex \@}
7107@c @Defesc {\\@@@{, , , }
7108@c @Defescx {\\@@@}, , , }
7109In many cases, an if (or if-else) construct needs to execute more than
7110one request.  This can be done using the @code{\@{} and @code{\@}}
7111escapes.  The following example shows the possible ways to use these
7112escapes (note the position of the opening and closing braces).
7113
7114@Example
7115.ie t \@{\
7116.    ds lq ``
7117.    ds rq ''
7118.\@}
7119.el \
7120.\@{\
7121.    ds lq "
7122.    ds rq "\@}
7123@endExample
7124@c @endDefesc
7125
7126@xref{Expressions}.
7127
7128@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7129
7130@node while,  , if-else, Conditionals and Loops
7131@subsection while
7132@cindex while
7133
7134@code{gtroff} provides a looping construct using the @code{while}
7135request, which is used much like the @code{if} (and related) requests.
7136
7137@Defreq {while, expr anything}
7138Evaluate the expression @var{expr}, and repeatedly execute
7139@var{anything} (the remainder of the line) until @var{expr} evaluates
7140to@w{ }0.
7141
7142@Example
7143.nr a 0 1
7144.while (\na < 9) \@{\
7145\n+a,
7146.\@}
7147\n+a
7148    @result{} 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
7149@endExample
7150
7151Some remarks.
7152
7153@rqindex de
7154@itemize @bullet
7155@item
7156The body of a @code{while} request is treated like the body of a
7157@code{de} request: @code{gtroff} temporarily stores it in a macro
7158which is deleted after the loop has been exited.  It can considerably
7159slow down a macro if the body of the @code{while} request (within the
7160macro) is large.  Each time the macro is executed, the @code{while}
7161body is parsed and stored again as a temporary macro.
7162
7163@Example
7164.de xxx
7165.  nr num 10
7166.  while (\\n[num] > 0) \@{\
7167.    \" many lines of code
7168.    nr num -1
7169.  \@}
7170..
7171@endExample
7172
7173@cindex recursive macros
7174@cindex macros, recursive
7175@noindent
7176The traditional and ofter better solution (@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}
7177doesn't have the @code{while} request) is to use a recursive macro
7178instead which is parsed only once during its definition.
7179
7180@Example
7181.de yyy
7182.  if (\\n[num] > 0) \@{\
7183.    \" many lines of code
7184.    nr num -1
7185.    yyy
7186.  \@}
7187..
7188.
7189.de xxx
7190.  nr num 10
7191.  yyy
7192..
7193@endExample
7194
7195@noindent
7196Note that the number of available recursion levels is set to@w{ }1000
7197(this is a compile-time constant value of @code{gtroff}).
7198
7199@item
7200The closing brace of a @code{while} body must end a line.
7201
7202@Example
7203.if 1 \@{\
7204.  nr a 0 1
7205.  while (\n[a] < 10) \@{\
7206.    nop \n+[a]
7207.\@}\@}
7208    @result{} unbalanced \@{ \@}
7209@endExample
7210@end itemize
7211@endDefreq
7212
7213@rqindex while
7214@cindex @code{break}, in a @code{while} loop
7215@cindex @code{continue}, in a @code{while} loop
7216@Defreq {break, }
7217Break out of a @code{while} loop.  Be sure not to confuse this with
7218the @code{br} request (causing a line break).
7219@endDefreq
7220
7221@Defreq {continue, }
7222Finishes the current iteration of a @code{while} loop, immediately
7223restarting the next iteration.
7224@endDefreq
7225
7226@xref{Expressions}.
7227
7228
7229@c =====================================================================
7230
7231@node Writing Macros, Page Motions, Conditionals and Loops, gtroff Reference
7232@section Writing Macros
7233@cindex writing macros
7234@cindex macros, writing
7235
7236A @dfn{macro} is a collection of text and embedded commands which can
7237be invoked multiple times.  Use macros to define common operations.
7238
7239@Defreq {de, name [@Var{end}]}
7240Define a new macro named @var{name}.  @code{gtroff} copies subsequent
7241lines (starting with the next one) into an internal buffer until it
7242encounters the line @samp{..} (two dots).  The optional second
7243argument to @code{de} changes this to a macro to @samp{.@var{end}}.
7244
7245Note that no leading whitespace is allowed in the line containing the
7246ending token (either @samp{..} or the macro @samp{.@var{end}}).
7247
7248Here a small example macro called @samp{P} which causes a break and
7249inserts some vertical space.  It could be used to separate paragraphs.
7250
7251@Example
7252.de P
7253.  br
7254.  sp .8v
7255..
7256@endExample
7257
7258@c XXX add info about macro definitions in macros.
7259
7260@c XXX give example for end macro.
7261
7262@c XXX add info about indirect macro calls:
7263@c
7264@c .de xxx
7265@c from yyy\c
7266@c ..
7267@c
7268@c test \*[xxx] test
7269@c   => test from yyy test
7270
7271@c XXX info about common identifier pool for strings, macros, and
7272@c     diversions.
7273@endDefreq
7274
7275@cindex appending, to a macro
7276@Defreq {am, xx}
7277Works similarly to @code{de} except it appends onto the macro named
7278@var{xx}.  So, to make the previously defined @samp{P} macro actually
7279do indented instead of block paragraphs, add the necessary code to the
7280existing macro like this:
7281
7282@Example
7283.am P
7284.ti +5n
7285..
7286@endExample
7287@endDefreq
7288
7289@cindex alias
7290@Defreq {als, new old}
7291Create an alias named @var{new} for the request, string, macro, or
7292diversion object named @var{old}.  The new name and the old name are
7293exactly equivalent (it is similar to a hard rather than a soft
7294link). If @var{old} is undefined, @code{gtroff} generates a warning of
7295type @samp{mac} and ignores the request.
7296
7297The @code{de}, @code{am}, @code{di}, @code{da}, @code{ds},
7298and @code{as} requests only create a new object if the name
7299of the macro, diversion or string diversion is currently
7300undefined or if it is defined to be a request; normally
7301they modify the value of an existing object.
7302@endDefreq
7303
7304@menu
7305* Copy-in Mode::
7306* Parameters::
7307@end menu
7308
7309@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7310
7311@node Copy-in Mode, Parameters, Writing Macros, Writing Macros
7312@subsection Copy-in Mode
7313@cindex copy-in mode
7314@cindex mode, copy-in
7315
7316@esindex \n
7317@esindex \$
7318@esindex \*
7319@esindex \\
7320@esindex \@key{RET}
7321@cindex @code{\n}, when reading text for a macro
7322@cindex @code{\$}, when reading text for a macro
7323@cindex @code{\*}, when reading text for a macro
7324@cindex @code{\\}, when reading text for a macro
7325@cindex \@key{RET}, when reading text for a macro
7326When @code{gtroff} reads in the text for a macro or diversion, it copies
7327the text (including request lines, but excluding escapes) into an
7328internal buffer.  Escapes are converted into an internal form,
7329except for @code{\n}, @code{\$}, @code{\*}, @code{\\} and
7330@code{\@key{RET}} which are evaluated and inserted into the text where
7331the escape was located.  This is known as @dfn{copy-in} mode or
7332@dfn{copy} mode.
7333
7334What this means is that you can specify when these escapes are to be
7335evaluated (either at copy-in time or at the time of use) by insulating
7336the escapes with an extra backslash.  Compare this to the @code{\def}
7337and @code{\edef} commands in @TeX{}.
7338
7339The following example prints the numbers 20 and@w{ }10:
7340
7341@Example
7342.nr x 20
7343.de y
7344.nr x 10
7345\&\nx
7346\&\\nx
7347..
7348.y
7349@endExample
7350
7351@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7352
7353@node Parameters,  , Copy-in Mode, Writing Macros
7354@subsection Parameters
7355@cindex parameters
7356
7357@vindex .$
7358The arguments to a macro can be examined using a variety of escapes.
7359The number of arguments is available in the @code{.$} number register.
7360Any individual argument can be retrieved with one of the following
7361escapes:
7362
7363@cindex copy-in mode, and macro arguments
7364@Defesc {\\$, n, , }
7365@Defescx {\\$, @lparen{}, nn, }
7366@Defescx {\\$, @lbrack{}, nnn, @rbrack{}}
7367The escapes @code{\$@var{n}}, @code{\$(@var{nn}} and
7368@code{\$[@var{nnn}]} retrieve the @var{n}@dmn{th}, @var{nn}@dmn{th} or
7369@var{nnn}@dmn{th} argument.  As usual, the first form only accepts a
7370single number (larger than zero), the second a two-digit number (larger
7371or equal to@w{ }10), and the third any positive integer value (larger
7372than zero).  Macros can have an unlimited number of arguments.  Note
7373that due to copy-in mode, use two backslashes on these in actual use to
7374prevent interpolation until the macro is actually invoked.
7375@endDefesc
7376
7377@Defreq {shift, [@Var{n}]}
7378Shifts the arguments 1@w{ }position, or as
7379many positions as specified by its argument.  After executing this
7380request, argument@w{ }@var{i} becomes argument @var{i}-@var{n};
7381arguments 1 to@w{ }@var{n} are no longer available.  Shifting by
7382negative amounts is currently undefined.
7383@endDefreq
7384
7385@Defesc {\\$*, , , }
7386@Defescx {\\$@@, , , }
7387In some cases it is convenient to use all of the arguments at once (for
7388example, to pass the arguments along to another macro).  The @code{\$*}
7389escape concatenates all the arguments separated by spaces.  A
7390similar escape is @code{\$@@}, which concatenates all the
7391arguments with each surrounded by double quotes, and separated by
7392spaces.
7393@endDefesc
7394
7395@rqindex als
7396@cindex @code{als}, use with @code{\$0}
7397@Defesc {\\$0, , , }
7398The name used to invoke the current macro.
7399The @code{als} request can make a macro have more than one name.
7400
7401@Example
7402.de vl
7403.ie \\n(.$=1 .ds Vl Pre-Release Version
7404.el          .ds Vl Version \\$3, \\$4.
7405..
7406@endExample
7407
7408@noindent
7409This would be called as
7410
7411@Example
7412.vl $Id: groff.texinfo,v 1.74 2001/04/16 14:47:18 wlemb Exp $
7413@endExample
7414@endDefesc
7415
7416@xref{Request Arguments}.
7417
7418
7419@c =====================================================================
7420
7421@node Page Motions, Drawing Requests, Writing Macros, gtroff Reference
7422@section Page Motions
7423@cindex page motions
7424@cindex motions, page
7425
7426@cindex @code{sp}, as vertical page motion
7427@Defreq {sp, [@Var{len}]}
7428Motions up and down the page can be done with the @code{sp} request.
7429However, this causes a break so that the actual effect is to move to the
7430left margin and then to the specified location.
7431@endDefreq
7432
7433@Defreq {mk, [@Var{reg}]}
7434@Defreqx {rt, reg}
7435The request @code{mk} can be used to mark a location on a page, for
7436movement to later.  This request takes a register name as an argument in
7437which to store the current page location.  With no argument it
7438stores the location in an internal register.  The results of this can be
7439used later by the @code{rt} or the @code{sp} request.  The @code{rt}
7440request returns @emph{upwards} to the location given in the register
7441name given as an argument; with no argument it returns to the
7442location marked with the @code{mk} request.
7443
7444@c XXX example
7445@ignore
7446@Example
7447... dual column example ...
7448@endExample
7449@end ignore
7450@endDefreq
7451
7452The following escapes give fine control of movements about the page.
7453
7454@cindex vertical motion
7455@cindex motion, vertical
7456@Defesc {\\v, ', e, '}
7457The @code{\v'@var{e}'} escape enables arbitrary vertical motion from the
7458current location on the page.  The argument@w{ }@var{e} specifies the
7459distance to move; positive is downwards and negative upwards.  The
7460default unit for this escape @samp{v}.  Beware, however, that
7461@code{gtroff} continues text processing at the point where the motion
7462ends, so you should always balance motions to avoid interference with
7463text processing.
7464@endDefesc
7465
7466There are some special case escapes for vertical motion.
7467
7468@ftable @code
7469@item \r
7470move upwards@w{ }1@dmn{v}.
7471
7472@item \u
7473move upwards@w{ }.5@dmn{v}.
7474
7475@item \d
7476move down@w{ }.5@dmn{v}.
7477@end ftable
7478
7479@cindex inserting horizontal space
7480@cindex horizontal space
7481@cindex space, horizontal
7482@Defesc {\\h, ', e, '}
7483The @code{\h'@var{e}'} escape provides horizontal motions.  The
7484expression@w{ }@var{e} indicates how far to move: positive is rightwards
7485and negative leftwards.
7486@c XXX Is there a default unit for this?
7487@endDefesc
7488
7489There are a number of special case escapes for horizontal motion:
7490
7491@ftable @code
7492@item \@key{SP}
7493An unbreakable and unpaddable (i.e.@: not expanded during filling)
7494space.  (Note: This is a backslash followed by a space.)
7495
7496@item \~
7497An unbreakable space that stretches like a normal inter-word space
7498when a line is adjusted.
7499
7500@item \|
7501A 1/6@dmn{th} em space.  Ignored for tty output devices (rounded to
7502zero).
7503
7504@item \^
7505A 1/12@dmn{th} em space.  Ignored for tty output devices (rounded to
7506zero).
7507
7508@item \0
7509A space the size of a digit.
7510
7511@item \&
7512@cindex zero width space character
7513@cindex character, zero width space
7514@cindex space character, zero width
7515A zero width space.
7516
7517@item \)
7518Like @code{\&} except that it behaves like a character declared with the
7519@code{cflags} request to be transparent for the purposes of end of
7520sentence recognition.
7521@end ftable
7522
7523The following string sets the @TeX{} logo:
7524
7525@Example
7526.ds TeX T\h'-.1667m'\v'.224m'E\v'-.224m'\h'-.125m'X
7527@endExample
7528
7529@cindex width escape
7530@cindex escape, width
7531@Defesc {\\w, ', text, '}
7532Used as @code{\w'@var{text}'},
7533returns the width of the specified @var{text} in basic units.
7534This allows horizontal movement based on the width of some
7535arbitrary text (e.g.@: given as an argument to a macro).
7536
7537@c XXX example
7538
7539@ignore
7540@Example
7541... strlen example ...
7542@endExample
7543@end ignore
7544
7545Font changes may occur in @var{text} which don't affect current
7546settings.
7547
7548After use, @code{\w} sets several registers:
7549
7550@table @code
7551@item st
7552@itemx sb
7553@vindex st
7554@vindex sb
7555The highest and lowest point, respectively, in @var{text}.
7556
7557@item rst
7558@itemx rsb
7559@vindex rst
7560@vindex rsb
7561Like the @code{st} and @code{sb} registers, but takes account of the
7562heights and depths of characters.
7563
7564@item ct
7565@vindex ct
7566Defines the kinds of characters occurring in @var{text}:
7567
7568@table @asis
7569@item 0
7570only short characters, no descenders or tall characters.
7571
7572@item 1
7573at least one descender.
7574
7575@item 2
7576at least one tall character.
7577
7578@item 3
7579at least one each of a descender and a tall character.
7580@end table
7581
7582@item ssc
7583@vindex ssc
7584The amount of horizontal space (possibly negative) that should be added
7585to the last character before a subscript.
7586
7587@item skw
7588@vindex skw
7589How far to right of the center of the last character in the @code{\w}
7590argument, the center of an accent from a roman font should be placed
7591over that character.
7592@end table
7593@endDefesc
7594
7595@Defesc {\\k, ', x, '}
7596Stores the current horizontal position in register @var{x}.
7597Use this, for example, to return to the beginning of a string
7598for highlighting or other decoration.
7599@endDefesc
7600
7601@Defreg {.k}
7602A read-only number register containing the current horizontal output
7603position.
7604@endDefreg
7605
7606@c XXX documentation
7607
7608
7609@c =====================================================================
7610
7611@node Drawing Requests, Traps, Page Motions, gtroff Reference
7612@section Drawing Requests
7613@cindex drawing requests
7614@cindex requests for drawing
7615
7616@code{gtroff} provides a number of ways to draw lines and other figures
7617on the page.  Used in combination with the page motion commands (see
7618@ref{Page Motions}, for more info), a wide variety of figures can be
7619drawn.  However, for complex drawings these operations can be quite
7620cumbersome, and it may be wise to use graphic preprocessors like
7621@code{gpic} or @code{ggrn}.  @xref{gpic}, and @ref{ggrn}, for more
7622information.
7623
7624All drawing is done via escapes.
7625
7626@cindex drawing horizontal lines
7627@cindex horizontal line, drawing
7628@cindex line, horizontal, drawing
7629@Defesc {\\l, ', l c, '}
7630Draws a line rightwards from the current
7631location.  The full syntax for this escape is:
7632
7633@Example
7634\l'@var{l}@var{c}'
7635@endExample
7636
7637@noindent
7638where @var{l} is the length of the line to be drawn, starting at the
7639current location; positive numbers draw to the right, and negative
7640numbers draw towards the left.  This can also be specified absolutely
7641(i.e.@: with a leading @samp{|}) which draws back to the beginning
7642of the line.
7643
7644@cindex underscore character
7645@cindex character, underscore
7646@cindex line drawing character
7647@cindex character for line drawing
7648The optional second parameter @var{c} is a character to draw the line
7649with.  If this second argument is not specified, @code{gtroff} uses
7650the underscore character.
7651
7652@cindex zero width space character
7653@cindex character, zero width space
7654@cindex space character, zero width
7655@esindex \&
7656To separate the two arguments (to prevent @code{gtroff} from
7657interpreting a drawing character as a scaling indicator) use @code{\&}.
7658
7659Here a small useful example:
7660
7661@Example
7662.de box
7663\(br\\$*\(br\l'|0\(rn'\l'|0\(ul'
7664..
7665@endExample
7666
7667@opindex |
7668@noindent
7669Note that this works by outputting a box rule (a vertical line), then
7670the text given as an argument and then another box rule.  Then the line
7671drawing escapes both draw from the current location to the beginning of
7672the @emph{input} line.
7673@endDefesc
7674
7675@cindex drawing vertical lines
7676@cindex vertical line drawing
7677@cindex line, vertical, drawing
7678@cindex line drawing character
7679@cindex character for line drawing
7680@cindex box rule character
7681@cindex character, box rule
7682@Defesc {\\L, ', l c, '}
7683Draws vertical lines.  Its parameters are
7684similar to the @code{\l} escape.  The
7685movement is downwards for positive values,
7686and upwards for negative values.  The
7687default character is the box rule character.  As with the vertical
7688motion escapes, text processing blindly continues where the line
7689ends.
7690
7691@c XXX example
7692
7693@ignore
7694@Example
7695...box macro...
7696@endExample
7697@end ignore
7698@endDefesc
7699
7700@Defesc {\\D, ', command arg @dots{}, '}
7701The @code{\D} escape provides a variety of drawing functions.
7702While the previous escapes work on a character device, these
7703escapes do not.
7704
7705@table @code
7706@item \D'l @var{dx} @var{dy}'
7707Draw a line from the current location to the relative point specified by
7708(@var{dx},@var{dy}).
7709
7710@c XXX example
7711
7712@ignore
7713@Example
7714...revised box macro...
7715@endExample
7716@end ignore
7717
7718@item \D'c @var{d}'
7719@cindex circle drawing
7720@cindex drawing a circle
7721Draw a circle with a diameter of @var{d} with the leftmost point at the
7722current position.
7723
7724@item \D'C @var{d}'
7725Draw a solid circle with the same parameters as an outlined circle.
7726
7727@item \D'e @var{dx} @var{dy}'
7728@cindex drawing an ellipse
7729@cindex ellipse drawing
7730Draw an ellipse with a horizontal diameter of @var{dx} and a vertical
7731diameter of @var{dy} with the leftmost point at the current position.
7732
7733@item \D'E @var{dx} @var{dy}'
7734Draw a solid ellipse with the same parameters as an outlined ellipse.
7735
7736@item \D'a @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2}'
7737@cindex arc drawing
7738@cindex drawing an arc
7739Draw an arc clockwise from the current location through the two
7740specified locations (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}).
7741
7742@item \D'~ @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
7743@cindex drawing a spline
7744@cindex spline drawing
7745Draw a spline from the current location to (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and
7746then to (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}), and so on.
7747
7748@item \D'f @var{n}'
7749@cindex gray shading
7750@cindex shading
7751@cindex shades for filling objects
7752Set the shade of gray to be used for filling solid objects to@w{
7753}@var{n}; @var{n}@w{ }must be an integer between 0 and@w{ }1000, where 0
7754corresponds solid white and 1000 to solid black, and values in between
7755correspond to intermediate shades of gray.  This applies only to solid
7756circles, solid ellipses and solid polygons.  By default, a level of@w{
7757}1000 is used.
7758
7759@item \D'p @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
7760@cindex drawing a polygon
7761@cindex polygon drawing
7762Draw a polygon from the current location to (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and
7763then to (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}) and so on.  When the specified data points
7764are exhausted, a line is drawn back to the starting point.
7765
7766@c XXX example
7767
7768@ignore
7769@Example
7770... box example (yes, again)...
7771@endExample
7772@end ignore
7773
7774@item \D'P @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
7775Draw a solid polygon with the same parameters as an outlined polygon.
7776
7777@c XXX example
7778
7779@ignore
7780@Example
7781... shaded box example ...
7782@endExample
7783@end ignore
7784
7785@item \D't @var{n}'
7786@cindex line thickness
7787@cindex thickness of lines
7788Set the current line thickness to @var{n} machine units.  A value of
7789zero selects the smallest available line thickness.  A negative value
7790makes the line thickness proportional to the current point size (this is
7791the default behaviour of @code{ditroff}).
7792@end table
7793@endDefesc
7794
7795@cindex pile, character
7796@cindex character pile
7797@Defesc {\\b, ', string, '}
7798@dfn{Piles} a sequence of characters
7799vertically, and centers it vertically on the current line.  Use it
7800to build large brackets and braces.
7801
7802@Example
7803\b'\(lt\(bv\(lk\(bv\(lb'
7804@endExample
7805@endDefesc
7806
7807@xref{Drawing Functions}.
7808
7809
7810@c =====================================================================
7811
7812@node Traps, Diversions, Drawing Requests, gtroff Reference
7813@section Traps
7814@cindex traps
7815
7816@dfn{Traps} are locations, which, when reached, call a specified
7817macro.  These traps can occur at a given location on the page, at a
7818given location in the current diversion, after a certain number of input
7819lines or at the end of input.
7820
7821@menu
7822* Page Location Traps::
7823* Diversion Traps::
7824* Input Line Traps::
7825* End-of-input Traps::
7826@end menu
7827
7828@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7829
7830@node Page Location Traps, Diversion Traps, Traps, Traps
7831@subsection Page Location Traps
7832@cindex page location traps
7833@cindex traps, page location
7834
7835@dfn{Page location traps} perform an action when @code{gtroff}
7836reaches a certain vertical location on the page.  Page location
7837traps have a variety of purposes, including:
7838
7839@itemize
7840@item
7841setting headers and footers
7842
7843@item
7844setting body text in multiple columns
7845
7846@item
7847setting footnotes
7848@end itemize
7849
7850@cindex vertical position trap enable register
7851@Defreq {vpt, flag}
7852@Defregx {.vpt}
7853Enables vertical position traps if @var{flag} is non-zero, or disables
7854them otherwise.  Vertical position traps are traps set by the @code{wh}
7855or @code{dt} requests.  Traps set by the @code{it} request are not
7856vertical position traps.  The parameter that controls whether vertical
7857position traps are enabled is global.  Initially vertical position traps
7858are enabled.  The current setting of this is available in the
7859@code{.vpt} read-only number register.
7860@endDefreq
7861
7862@Defreq {wh, dist macro}
7863Sets a page location trap.  Positive values for @var{dist} set
7864the trap relative to the top of the page; negative values set
7865the trap relative to the bottom of the page.
7866
7867@var{macro} is the name of the macro to execute when the
7868trap is sprung.
7869
7870@cindex page headers
7871@cindex page footers
7872@cindex headers
7873@cindex footers
7874The following is a simple example of how many macro packages
7875set headers and footers.
7876
7877@Example
7878.de hd                \" Page header
7879'sp .5i
7880.tl 'Title''date'
7881'sp .3i
7882..
7883.de fo                \" Page footer
7884'sp 1v
7885.tl ''%''
7886'bp
7887..
7888.wh 0   hd            \" trap at top of the page
7889.wh -1i fo            \" trap one inch from bottom
7890@endExample
7891@endDefreq
7892
7893@cindex distance to next trap
7894@cindex trap, distance
7895@Defreg {.t}
7896A read-only number register holding the distance to the next trap.
7897@endDefreg
7898
7899@cindex changing trap location
7900@cindex trap, changing location
7901@Defreq {ch, dist macro}
7902Changes the location of a trap.
7903The first argument is the name of the macro to be invoked at
7904the trap, and the second argument is the new location for the trap
7905(note that the parameters are specified the opposite of the @code{.wh} request).
7906This is useful for building up footnotes in a diversion to allow more
7907space at the bottom of the page for them.
7908
7909@c XXX
7910
7911@ignore
7912@Example
7913... (simplified) footnote example ...
7914@endExample
7915@end ignore
7916@endDefreq
7917
7918@Defreg {.ne}
7919The read-only number register @code{.ne} contains the amount of space
7920that was needed in the last @code{ne} request that caused a trap to be
7921sprung.  Useful in conjunction with the @code{.trunc} register.
7922@xref{Page Control}, for more information.
7923@endDefreg
7924
7925@rqindex ne
7926@cindex @code{ne}, and the @code{.trunc} register
7927@Defreg {.trunc}
7928A read-only register containing the amount of vertical space truncated
7929by the most recently sprung vertical position trap, or, if the trap was
7930sprung by an @code{ne} request, minus the amount of vertical motion
7931produced by the @code{ne} request.  In other words, at the point a trap
7932is sprung, it represents the difference of what the vertical position
7933would have been but for the trap, and what the vertical position
7934actually is.
7935@endDefreg
7936
7937@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7938
7939@node Diversion Traps, Input Line Traps, Page Location Traps, Traps
7940@subsection Diversion Traps
7941@cindex diversion traps
7942@cindex traps, diversion
7943
7944@vindex .t
7945@cindex @code{.t}, and diversions
7946@Defreq {dt, dist macro}
7947Sets a trap @emph{within} a diversion.
7948@var{dist} is the first argument is the location of the trap
7949(identical to the @code{.wh} request)
7950and @var{macro} is the name of the macro to be invoked.  The
7951number register @code{.t} still works within diversions.
7952@xref{Diversions}, for more information.
7953@endDefreq
7954
7955@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7956
7957@node Input Line Traps, End-of-input Traps, Diversion Traps, Traps
7958@subsection Input Line Traps
7959@cindex input line traps
7960@cindex traps, input line
7961
7962@Defreq {it, n macro}
7963Sets an input line trap.
7964@var{n} is the number of lines of input which may be read before
7965@dfn{springing} the trap, @var{macro} is the macro to be invoked.
7966Request lines are not counted as input lines.
7967
7968For example, one possible use is to have a macro which prints the
7969next @var{n}@w{ }lines in a bold font.
7970
7971@Example
7972.de B
7973.it \\$1 B-end
7974.ft B
7975..
7976.de B-end
7977.ft R
7978..
7979@endExample
7980@endDefreq
7981
7982@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7983
7984@node End-of-input Traps,  , Input Line Traps, Traps
7985@subsection End-of-input Traps
7986@cindex end-of-input traps
7987@cindex traps, end-of-input
7988
7989@Defreq {em, macro}
7990Sets a trap at the end of input.  The @var{macro}
7991specified is executed after the last line of the
7992input file has been processed.
7993
7994For example, if the document had to have a section at the bottom of the
7995last page for someone to approve it, the @code{em} request could be
7996used.
7997
7998@Example
7999.de approval
8000.ne 5v
8001.sp |(\\n(.t-6v)
8002.in +4i
8003.lc _
8004.br
8005Approved:\t\a
8006.sp
8007Date:\t\t\a
8008..
8009.em approval
8010@endExample
8011@endDefreq
8012
8013
8014@c =====================================================================
8015
8016@node Diversions, Environments, Traps, gtroff Reference
8017@section Diversions
8018@cindex diversions
8019
8020In @code{gtroff} it is possible to @dfn{divert} text into a named
8021storage area.  Due to the similarity to defining macros it is sometimes
8022said to be stored in a macro.  This is used for saving text for output
8023at a later time, which is useful for keeping blocks of text on the same
8024page, footnotes, tables of contents and indices.
8025
8026@c XXX describe top-level diversion
8027@c XXX index entry for top-level diversion
8028
8029@Defreq {di, macro}
8030@Defreqx {da, macro}
8031Begins a diversion.  Like the @code{de}
8032request, it takes an argument of a macro name to divert subsequent text
8033into.  The @code{da} macro appends to an existing diversion.
8034
8035@code{di} or @code{da} without an argument ends the diversion.
8036
8037@c XXX example
8038
8039@ignore
8040@Example
8041... end-note example ...
8042@endExample
8043@end ignore
8044@endDefreq
8045
8046@vindex nl
8047@vindex .h
8048@cindex nested diversions
8049@cindex diversion, nested
8050@Defreg {.z}
8051@Defregx {.d}
8052Diversions may be nested.  The read-only number register @code{.z}
8053contains the name of the current diversion (this is a string-valued
8054register).  The read-only number register @code{.d} contains the current
8055vertical place in the diversion.  If not in a diversion it is the same
8056as the register @code{nl}.
8057@endDefreg
8058
8059@c XXX more info
8060
8061@Defreg {.h}
8062The @dfn{high-water mark} on the current page.  It corresponds to the
8063text baseline of the lowest line on the page.  This is a read-only
8064register.
8065@endDefreg
8066
8067@Defreg {dn}
8068@Defregx {dl}
8069After completing a diversion, the read-write number registers @code{dn}
8070and @code{dl} contain the vertical and horizontal size of the diversion.
8071
8072@example
8073@group
8074.\" Center text both horizontally & vertically
8075.de (c
8076.br
8077.nf
8078.di @@c
8079..
8080@end group
8081@group
8082.de )c
8083.br
8084.di
8085.nr @@s (((\\n(.tu-\\n(dnu)/2u)-1v)
8086.sp \\n(@@su
8087.ce 1000
8088.nf
8089.@c
8090.br
8091.ce 0
8092.sp \\n(@@su
8093.br
8094.fi
8095.rr @@s
8096..
8097@end group
8098@end example
8099@endDefreg
8100
8101@cindex transparent output
8102@cindex output, transparent
8103@Defesc {\\!, , , }
8104@Defescx {\\?, , @Var{anything}, \\?}
8105Prevents requests, macros and escapes from being
8106interpreted when read into a diversion.  This takes the given text
8107and @dfn{transparently} embeds it into the diversion.  This is useful for
8108macros which shouldn't be invoked until the diverted text is actually
8109output.
8110
8111@c XXX anything is read in copy mode. (what about \! ??)
8112
8113The @code{\!} escape transparently embeds text up to
8114and including the end of the line.
8115The @code{\?} escape transparently embeds text until the next
8116occurrence of the @code{\?} escape.  For example:
8117
8118@Example
8119\?@var{anything}\?
8120@endExample
8121
8122@noindent
8123@var{anything} may not contain newlines; use @code{\!}  to embed
8124newlines in a diversion.  The escape sequence @code{\?} is also
8125recognized in copy mode and turned into a single internal code; it is
8126this code that terminates anything.  Thus the following example
8127prints@w{ }4.
8128
8129@Example
8130.nr x 1
8131.nf
8132.di d
8133\?\\?\\\\?\\\\\\\\nx\\\\?\\?\?
8134.di
8135.nr x 2
8136.di e
8137.d
8138.di
8139.nr x 3
8140.di f
8141.e
8142.di
8143.nr x 4
8144.f
8145@endExample
8146@endDefesc
8147
8148@cindex unformatting diversions
8149@cindex diversion, unformatting
8150@Defreq {asciify, div}
8151@dfn{Unformats} the diversion specified by @var{div}
8152in such a way that @acronym{ASCII} and space characters that
8153were formatted and diverted are treated like ordinary input
8154characters when the diversion is reread.  It can be also used for gross
8155hacks; for example, the following sets register @code{n} to@w{ }1.
8156
8157@Example
8158.tr @@.
8159.di x
8160@@nr n 1
8161.br
8162.di
8163.tr @@@@
8164.asciify x
8165.x
8166@endExample
8167
8168@xref{Copy-in Mode}.
8169@endDefreq
8170
8171
8172@c =====================================================================
8173
8174@node Environments, Suppressing output, Diversions, gtroff Reference
8175@section Environments
8176@cindex environments
8177
8178It happens frequently that some text should be printed in a certain
8179format regardless of what may be in effect at the time, for example, in
8180a trap invoked macro to print headers and footers.  To solve this
8181@code{gtroff} processes text in @dfn{environments}.  An
8182environment contains most of the parameters that control text
8183processing.  It is possible to switch amongst these environments; by
8184default @code{gtroff} processes text in environment@w{ }0.  The
8185following is the information kept in an environment.
8186
8187@itemize @bullet
8188@item
8189font parameters (size, family, style, character height and slant, space
8190and sentence space size)
8191
8192@item
8193page parameters (line length, title length, vertical spacing,
8194line spacing, indentation, line numbering, hyphenation data)
8195
8196@item
8197fill and adjust mode
8198
8199@item
8200tab stops, tab and leader characters, escape character, no-break and
8201hyphen indicators, margin character data
8202
8203@item
8204partially collected lines
8205@end itemize
8206
8207These environments may be given arbitrary names (see @ref{Identifiers},
8208for more info).  Old versions of @code{troff} only had environments
8209named @samp{0}, @samp{1} and@w{ }@samp{2}.
8210
8211@cindex switch environments
8212@cindex current environment number/name register
8213@Defreq {ev, env}
8214@Defregx {.ev}
8215Switches to another environment.  The argument @var{env} is the name of
8216the environment to switch to.  With no argument, @code{gtroff} switches
8217back to the previous environment.  There is no limit on the number of
8218named environments; they are created the first time that they are
8219referenced.  The @code{.ev} read-only register contains the name or
8220number of the current environment.  This is a string-valued register.
8221
8222Note that a call to @code{ev} (with argument) pushes the previously
8223active environment onto a stack.  If, say, environments @samp{foo},
8224@samp{bar}, and @samp{zap} are called (in that order), the first
8225@code{ev} request without parameter switches back to environment
8226@samp{bar} (which is popped off the stack), and a second call
8227switches back to environment @samp{foo}.
8228
8229@c XXX example
8230
8231@ignore
8232@Example
8233... page break macro, revised ...
8234@endExample
8235@end ignore
8236
8237Here is an example:
8238
8239@Example
8240.ev footnote-env
8241.fam N
8242.ps 6
8243.vs 8
8244.ll -.5i
8245.ev
8246
8247...
8248
8249.ev footnote-env
8250\(dg Note the large, friendly letters.
8251.ev
8252@endExample
8253@endDefreq
8254
8255@cindex copy environment
8256@Defreq {evc, env}
8257Copies the environment @var{env} into the current environment.
8258@endDefreq
8259
8260
8261@c =====================================================================
8262
8263@node Suppressing output, I/O, Environments, gtroff Reference
8264@section Suppressing output
8265@cindex suppressing output
8266
8267@Defesc {\\O, , num, }
8268Disables or enables output depending on the value of @var{num}:
8269
8270@table @samp
8271@item \O0
8272Disable any ditroff glyphs from being emitted to the device driver.
8273
8274@item \O1
8275Enable output of glyphs.
8276@end table
8277
8278@vindex opminx
8279@vindex opminy
8280@vindex opmaxx
8281@vindex opmaxy
8282@code{\O0} and @code{\O1} also reset the four registers @samp{opminx},
8283@samp{opminy}, @samp{opmaxx}, and @samp{opmaxy} to @minus{}1.
8284@xref{Register Index}.  These four registers mark the top left and
8285bottom right hand corners of a box which encompasses all written glyphs.
8286
8287The following two forms of @code{\O} are specific to @code{grohtml}.
8288
8289@table @samp
8290@item \O2
8291Disable any ditroff glyphs from being emitted to the device driver.  Also
8292write out to @code{stderr} the page number and four registers encompassing
8293the glyphs previously written since the last call to @code{\O}.
8294
8295@item \O3
8296Enable output of glyphs (the default).  Also write out to @code{stderr}
8297the page number and four registers encompassing the glyphs previously
8298written since the last call to @code{\O}.
8299@end table
8300@endDefesc
8301
8302
8303@c =====================================================================
8304
8305@node I/O, Postprocessor Access, Suppressing output, gtroff Reference
8306@section I/O
8307@cindex i/o
8308@cindex input and output requests
8309@cindex requests for input and output
8310@cindex output and input requests
8311
8312@code{gtroff} has several requests for including files:
8313
8314@cindex including a file
8315@cindex file inclusion
8316@Defreq {so, file}
8317Reads in the specified @var{file} and
8318includes it in place of the @code{so} request.  This is quite useful for
8319large documents, e.g.@: keeping each chapter in a separate file.
8320@xref{gsoelim}, for more information.
8321@endDefreq
8322
8323@Defreq {mso, file}
8324Identical to the @code{so} request except that @code{gtroff}
8325searches for the specified
8326@var{file} in the same directories as macro files for the
8327the @option{-m} command line option.  If the file name to be included
8328has the form @file{@var{name}.tmac} and it isn't found, @code{mso} tries
8329to include @file{tmac.@var{name}} and vice versa.
8330@endDefreq
8331
8332@cindex transparent output
8333@cindex output, transparent
8334@Defreq {cf, file}
8335@Defreqx {trf, file}
8336Transparently outputs the contents of @var{file}.  Each line is output
8337as it were preceded by @code{\!}; however, the lines are not subject to
8338copy mode interpretation.  If the file does not end with a newline, then
8339a newline is added.  For example, to define a macro@w{ }@code{x}
8340containing the contents of file@w{ }@file{f}, use
8341
8342@Example
8343.di x
8344.trf f
8345.di
8346@endExample
8347
8348The request @w{@code{.cf @var{filename}}}, when used in a diversion,
8349embeds an object in the diversion which, when reread, causes the
8350contents of @var{filename} to be transparently copied through to the
8351output.
8352
8353In @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}, the contents of @var{filename}
8354is immediately copied through to the output regardless of whether there
8355is a current diversion; this behaviour is so anomalous that it must be
8356considered a bug.  This request causes a line break.
8357
8358@rqindex trf
8359With @code{trf}, unlike @code{cf}, the file cannot contain characters
8360such as NUL that are not valid @code{gtroff} input characters
8361(@pxref{Identifiers}).  This request causes a line break.
8362@endDefreq
8363
8364@Defreq {nx, }
8365Forces @code{gtroff} to continue processing of
8366the file specified as an argument.
8367@endDefreq
8368
8369@Defreq {rd, }
8370The @code{rd} request reads from standard input, and includes what is
8371read as though it were part of the input file.  Text is read until a
8372blank line is encountered.
8373@endDefreq
8374
8375@cindex form letters
8376@cindex letters, form
8377Using the @code{nx} and @code{rd} requests,
8378it is easy to set up form letters.  The form
8379letter template is constructed like this:
8380
8381@Example
8382.ce
8383\*(td
8384.sp 2
8385.nf
8386.rd
8387.sp
8388.rd
8389.fi
8390Body of letter.
8391.bp
8392.nx repeat.let
8393@endExample
8394
8395@rqindex ex
8396@noindent
8397When this is run, the following file should be redirected in.  Note that
8398requests included in this file are executed as though they were part of
8399the form letter.  The last block of input is the @code{ex} requests
8400which tells groff to stop processing.  If this was not there, groff
8401would not know when to stop.
8402
8403@Example
8404Trent A. Fisher
8405708 NW 19th Av., #202
8406Portland, OR  97209
8407
8408Dear Trent,
8409
8410Len Adollar
84114315 Sierra Vista
8412San Diego, CA  92103
8413
8414Dear Mr. Adollar,
8415
8416.ex
8417@endExample
8418
8419@Defreq {pi, pipe}
8420Pipes the output of @code{gtroff} to the shell command(s)
8421specified by @var{pipe}.  This request must occur before
8422@code{gtroff} has a chance to print anything.
8423@endDefreq
8424
8425@Defreq {sy, cmds}
8426@Defregx {systat}
8427In @dfn{unsafe} mode, executes the shell command(s) specified by
8428@var{cmds}.  The output is not saved anyplace, so it is up to the user
8429to do so.
8430
8431@c XXX add info about safer and unsafe mode
8432
8433For example, the following example introduces the current time
8434into a document:
8435
8436@cindex time, current
8437@cindex current time
8438@pindex perl
8439@Example
8440.sy perl -e 'printf ".nr H %d\\n.nr M %d\\n.nr S %d\\n",\
8441	     (localtime(time))[2,1,0]' > /tmp/x\n[$$]
8442.so /tmp/x\n[$$]
8443.sy rm /tmp/x\n[$$]
8444\nH:\nM:\nS
8445@endExample
8446
8447@noindent
8448Note that this works by having the @code{perl} script (run by @code{sy})
8449print out the @code{nr} requests which set the number registers
8450@samp{H}, @samp{M} and @samp{S}, and then reads those commands in with
8451the @code{so} request.
8452
8453@cindex @code{system()} return value register
8454The @code{systat} read-write number register contains the return value
8455of the @code{system()} function executed by the last @code{sy} request.
8456@endDefreq
8457
8458@Defreq {open, stream file}
8459@Defreqx {opena, stream file}
8460Opens the specified @var{file} for writing and
8461associates the specified @var{stream} with it.
8462
8463The @code{opena} is like @code{open}, but if the file exists, append to
8464it instead of truncating it.
8465@endDefreq
8466
8467@cindex copy-in mode, and @code{write} requests
8468@cindex mode, copy-in, and @code{write} requests
8469@Defreq {write, stream data}
8470Writes to the file associated with the specified @var{stream}.
8471The stream must previously have
8472been the subject of an open request.  The remainder of the line is
8473interpreted as the @code{ds} request reads its second argument: A
8474leading @samp{"} is stripped, and it is read in copy-in mode.
8475@endDefreq
8476
8477@Defreq {close, stream}
8478Closes the specified @var{stream};
8479the stream is no longer an acceptable argument to the
8480@code{write} request.
8481
8482@c XXX example
8483
8484@ignore
8485@Example
8486... example of open write &c...
8487@endExample
8488@end ignore
8489@endDefreq
8490
8491@Defesc {\\V, ', xxx, '}
8492Interpolates the contents of the specified
8493environment variable, as returned by the function @code{getenv}.
8494Specify the argument to @code{\V} as an identifier, i.e.@:
8495@samp{\V@var{x}}, @samp{\V(@var{xx}} or @samp{\V[@var{xxx}]}.  @code{\V}
8496is interpreted in copy-in mode.
8497@endDefesc
8498
8499
8500@c =====================================================================
8501
8502@node Postprocessor Access, Miscellaneous, I/O, gtroff Reference
8503@section Postprocessor Access
8504@cindex postprocessor access
8505@cindex access of postprocessor
8506
8507There are two escapes which give information directly to the
8508postprocessor.  This is particularly useful for embedding
8509@sc{PostScript} into the final document.
8510
8511@Defesc {\\X, ', xxx, '}
8512Embeds its argument into the @code{gtroff}
8513output preceded with @w{@samp{x X}}.
8514@endDefesc
8515
8516@Defesc {\\Y, ', xxx, '}
8517The @code{\Y} escape is called with an identifier (i.e.@:
8518@code{\Y@var{x}}, @code{\Y(@var{xx}} or @code{\Y[@var{xxx}]}).  This is
8519approximately equivalent to @samp{\X'\*[@var{xxx}]'}.  However, the
8520contents of the string or macro @var{xxx} are not interpreted; also it
8521is permitted for @var{xxx} to have been defined as a macro and thus
8522contain newlines (it is not permitted for the argument to @code{\X} to
8523contain newlines).  The inclusion of newlines requires an extension to
8524the @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} output format, and confuses drivers
8525that do not know about this extension.
8526@endDefesc
8527
8528@xref{Output Devices}.
8529
8530
8531@c =====================================================================
8532
8533@node Miscellaneous, Gtroff Internals, Postprocessor Access, gtroff Reference
8534@section Miscellaneous
8535@cindex miscellaneous
8536
8537This section documents parts of @code{gtroff} which cannot (yet) be
8538categorized elsewhere in this manual.
8539
8540@cindex line numbers
8541@cindex numbers, line
8542@Defreq {nm, start inc space indent}
8543Prints line numbers in the left margin.
8544@var{start} is the line number of the @emph{next}
8545output line; this defaults to@w{ }1.  @var{inc} indicates on
8546which lines numbers are printed, i.e.@: 5 means put line numbers on
8547every 5@w{ }lines; this defaults to@w{ }1.  @var{space} is the
8548space to be left between the number and the text; this defaults to@w{
8549}1.  The fourth argument is the indentation of the line numbers.
8550Without arguments, line numbers are turned off.
8551@endDefreq
8552
8553@c XXX xref ln register
8554
8555@Defreq {nn, [@Var{skip}]}
8556Temporarily turns off line numbering.  The
8557argument is the number of lines not to be numbered; this defaults
8558to@w{ }1.
8559
8560@c XXX (does this disable incrementing or display?)
8561
8562@c XXX example
8563
8564@ignore
8565@Example
8566... line numbering example ...
8567@endExample
8568@end ignore
8569@endDefreq
8570
8571@cindex margin characters
8572@cindex characters for margins
8573@Defreq {mc, char dist}
8574Prints margin characters to the right of the text.
8575The first argument is the character to be
8576printed, and the second argument is the distance away from the main body
8577text.  With no arguments the margin characters are turned off.  If this
8578occurs before a break, no margin character is printed.
8579
8580@pindex nrchbar
8581@pindex changebar
8582This is quite useful for indicating text that has changed, and, in fact,
8583there are programs available for doing this (they are called
8584@code{nrchbar} and @code{changebar} and can be found in any
8585@samp{comp.sources.unix} archive.
8586
8587@c XXX example
8588
8589@ignore
8590@Example
8591... margin char example ...
8592@endExample
8593@end ignore
8594@endDefreq
8595
8596@pindex soelim
8597@cindex multi-file documents
8598@cindex documents, multi-file
8599@Defreq {lf, line filename}
8600A debugging aid for
8601documents which are split into many files, then put together
8602with @code{soelim} and other preprocessors.  The second argument is the
8603name of the file and the first argument is the input line number in
8604that file.  This way @code{gtroff} can produce error messages which are
8605intelligible to the user.
8606
8607@c XXX example
8608
8609@ignore
8610@Example
8611... example of soelim'ed doc ...
8612@endExample
8613@end ignore
8614@endDefreq
8615
8616
8617@c =====================================================================
8618
8619@node Gtroff Internals, Debugging, Miscellaneous, gtroff Reference
8620@section @code{gtroff} Internals
8621
8622@cindex input token
8623@cindex token, input
8624@cindex output node
8625@cindex node, output
8626@code{gtroff} processes input in three steps.  One or more input
8627characters are converted to an @dfn{input token}.  Then, one or more
8628input tokens are converted to an @dfn{output node}.  Finally, output
8629nodes are converted to the intermediate output language understood by
8630all output devices.
8631
8632For example, the input string @samp{fi\[:u]} is converted in a
8633character token @samp{f}, a character token @samp{i}, and a special
8634token @samp{:u} (representing u@w{ }umlaut).  Later on, the character
8635tokens @samp{f} and @samp{i} are merged to a single output node
8636representing the ligature glyph @samp{fi}; the same happens with
8637@samp{:u}.  All output glyph nodes are `processed' which means that
8638they are invariably associated with a given font, font size, advance
8639width, etc.  During the formatting process, @code{gtroff} itself adds
8640various nodes to control the data flow.
8641
8642Macros, diversions, and strings collect elements in two chained lists:
8643a list of input tokens which have been passed unprocessed, and a list
8644of output nodes.  Consider the following the diversion.
8645
8646@Example
8647.di xxx
8648a
8649\!b
8650c
8651.br
8652.di
8653@endExample
8654
8655@noindent
8656It contains these elements.
8657
8658@multitable {@i{vertical size node}} {token list} {element number}
8659@item node list               @tab token list @tab element number
8660
8661@item @i{line start node}     @tab ---        @tab 1
8662@item @i{glyph node @code{a}} @tab ---        @tab 2
8663@item @i{word space node}     @tab ---        @tab 3
8664@item ---                     @tab @code{b}   @tab 4
8665@item ---                     @tab @code{\n}  @tab 5
8666@item @i{glyph node @code{c}} @tab ---        @tab 6
8667@item @i{vertical size node}  @tab ---        @tab 7
8668@item @i{vertical size node}  @tab ---        @tab 8
8669@item ---                     @tab @code{\n}  @tab 9
8670@end multitable
8671
8672@esindex \v
8673@rqindex unformat
8674@noindent
8675Elements 1, 7, and@w{ }8 are inserted by @code{gtroff}; the latter two
8676(which are always present) specify the vertical extent of the last
8677line, possibly modified by @code{\v}.  The @code{br} request finishes
8678the current partial line, inserting a newline input token which is
8679subsequently converted to a space when the diversion is reread.  Note
8680that the word space node has a fixed width which isn't stretchable
8681anymore.  To convert horizontal space nodes back to input tokens, use
8682the @code{unformat} request.
8683
8684Macros only contain elements in the token list (and the node list is
8685empty); diversions and strings can contain elements in both lists.
8686
8687
8688@c =====================================================================
8689
8690@node Debugging, Implementation Differences, Gtroff Internals, gtroff Reference
8691@section Debugging
8692@cindex debugging
8693
8694@code{gtroff} is not easy to debug, but there are some useful features
8695and strategies for debugging.
8696
8697@Defreq {tm, string}
8698Sends the @var{string} to the standard error stream;
8699this is very useful for printing debugging output among other things.
8700@endDefreq
8701
8702@cindex aborting
8703@Defreq {ab, [@Var{string}]}
8704Similar to the @code{tm} request, except that
8705it causes @code{gtroff} to stop processing.  With no argument it
8706prints @samp{User Abort}.
8707@endDefreq
8708
8709@cindex @code{ex}, use in debugging
8710@cindex exiting
8711@Defreq {ex, }
8712The @code{ex} request also causes @code{gtroff} to stop processing
8713if encountered at the topmost level; see also @ref{I/O}.
8714@endDefreq
8715
8716When doing something involved it is useful to leave the debugging
8717statements in the code and have them turned on by a command line flag.
8718
8719@Example
8720.if \n(DB .tm debugging output
8721@endExample
8722
8723@noindent
8724To activate these statements say
8725
8726@Example
8727groff -rDB=1 file
8728@endExample
8729
8730@c XXX .tm1, .tmc requests
8731
8732If it is known in advance that there will be many errors and no useful
8733output, @code{gtroff} can be forced to suppress formatted output with
8734the @option{-z} flag.
8735
8736@cindex dumping symbol table
8737@cindex symbol table, dumping
8738@Defreq {pm, }
8739The @code{pm} request prints out the entire symbol table on @code{stderr}.
8740@endDefreq
8741
8742@cindex dumping number registers
8743@cindex number registers, dumping
8744@Defreq {pnr, }
8745Prints the names and contents of all
8746currently defined number registers on @code{stderr}.
8747@endDefreq
8748
8749@cindex dumping traps
8750@cindex traps, dumping
8751@Defreq {ptr, }
8752Prints the names and positions of all traps
8753(not including input line traps and diversion traps) on @code{stderr}.
8754Empty slots in the page trap list are printed as well, because they can
8755affect the priority of subsequently planted traps.
8756@endDefreq
8757
8758@cindex flush output
8759@cindex output, flush
8760@cindex interactive use of @code{gtroff}
8761@cindex @code{gtroff}, interactive use
8762@Defreq {fl, }
8763Instructs @code{gtroff} to flush its output
8764immediately.  The intent is for interactive use.
8765@code{gtroff}; there is little other use for it.  This
8766request causes a line break.
8767@endDefreq
8768
8769@cindex backtrace of input stack
8770@cindex input stack, backtrace
8771@Defreq {backtrace, }
8772The @code{backtrace} request prints a backtrace of the input stack
8773to the standard error stream.
8774@endDefreq
8775
8776@cindex warnings
8777@code{gtroff} has command line options for printing out more warnings
8778(@option{-w}) and for printing backtraces (@option{-b}) when a warning
8779or an error occurs.  The most verbose level of warnings is @option{-ww}.
8780
8781@cindex level of warnings
8782@cindex warnings, level
8783@Defreq {warn, [@Var{flags}]}
8784@Defregx {.warn}
8785Controls the level of warnings checked for.  The @var{flags} are the sum
8786of the numbers associated with each warning that is to be enabled; all
8787other warnings are disabled.  The number associated with each warning is
8788listed below.  For example, @w{@code{.warn 0}} disables all warnings,
8789and @w{@code{.warn 1}} disables all warnings except that about missing
8790characters.  If an argument is not given, all warnings are enabled.
8791
8792The read-only number register @code{.warn} contains the current warning
8793level.
8794@endDefreq
8795
8796@menu
8797* Warnings::
8798@end menu
8799
8800@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8801
8802@node Warnings,  , Debugging, Debugging
8803@subsection Warnings
8804@cindex warnings
8805
8806The warnings that can be given to @code{gtroff} are divided into the
8807following categories.  The name associated with each warning is used by
8808the @option{-w} and @option{-W} options; the number is used by the
8809@code{warn} request and by the @code{.warn} register.
8810
8811@table @samp
8812@item char
8813@itemx 1
8814Non-existent characters.  This is enabled by default.
8815
8816@item number
8817@itemx 2
8818Invalid numeric expressions.  This is enabled by default.
8819@xref{Expressions}.
8820
8821@item break
8822@itemx 4
8823@cindex fill mode
8824@cindex mode, fill
8825In fill mode, lines which could not be broken so that their length was
8826less than the line length.  This is enabled by default.
8827
8828@item delim
8829@itemx 8
8830Missing or mismatched closing delimiters.
8831
8832@item el
8833@itemx 16
8834@rqindex ie
8835@rqindex el
8836Use of the @code{el} request with no matching @code{ie} request.
8837@xref{if-else}.
8838
8839@item scale
8840@itemx 32
8841Meaningless scaling indicators.
8842
8843@item range
8844@itemx 64
8845Out of range arguments.
8846
8847@item syntax
8848@itemx 128
8849Dubious syntax in numeric expressions.
8850
8851@item di
8852@itemx 256
8853@rqindex di
8854@rqindex da
8855@cindex @code{di}, debugging
8856@cindex @code{da}, debugging
8857Use of @code{di} or @code{da} without an argument when there is no
8858current diversion.
8859
8860@item mac
8861@itemx 512
8862@rqindex de
8863@c XXX more index entries
8864Use of undefined strings, macros and diversions.  When an undefined
8865string, macro or diversion is used, that string is automatically defined
8866as empty.  So, in most cases, at most one warning is given for each
8867name.
8868
8869@item  reg
8870@itemx 1024
8871@rqindex nr
8872@c XXX more index entries
8873Use of undefined number registers.  When an undefined number register is
8874used, that register is automatically defined to have a value of@w{ }0.
8875A definition is automatically made with a value of@w{ }0.  So, in most
8876cases, at most one warning is given for use of a particular name.
8877
8878@item  tab
8879@itemx 2048
8880Use of a tab character where a number was expected.
8881
8882@item  right-brace
8883@itemx 4096
8884@esindex \@}
8885@cindex @code{\@}}, debugging
8886Use of @code{\@}} where a number was expected.
8887
8888@item  missing
8889@itemx 8192
8890Requests that are missing non-optional arguments.
8891
8892@item  input
8893@itemx 16384
8894Illegal input characters.
8895
8896@item  escape
8897@itemx 32768
8898Unrecognized escape sequences.  When an unrecognized escape sequence is
8899encountered, the escape character is ignored.
8900
8901@item  space
8902@itemx 65536
8903@cindex compatibility mode
8904Missing space between a request or macro and its argument.  This warning
8905is given when an undefined name longer than two characters is
8906encountered, and the first two characters of the name make a defined
8907name.  The request or macro is not invoked.  When this warning is
8908given, no macro is automatically defined.  This is enabled by default.
8909This warning never occurs in compatibility mode.
8910
8911@item  font
8912@itemx 131072
8913Non-existent fonts.  This is enabled by default.
8914
8915@item all
8916All warnings except @samp{di}, @samp{mac} and @samp{reg}.  It is
8917intended that this covers all warnings that are useful with traditional
8918macro packages.
8919
8920@item w
8921All warnings.
8922@end table
8923
8924
8925@c =====================================================================
8926
8927@node Implementation Differences, Summary, Debugging, gtroff Reference
8928@section Implementation Differences
8929@cindex implementation differences
8930@cindex differences in implementation
8931@cindex incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
8932@cindex compatibility mode
8933@cindex mode, compatibility
8934
8935GNU @code{troff} has a number of features which cause incompatibilities
8936with documents written with old versions of @code{troff}.
8937
8938@cindex long names
8939@cindex names, long
8940Long names cause some incompatibilities.  @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}
8941interprets
8942
8943@Example
8944.dsabcd
8945@endExample
8946
8947@esindex \*
8948@esindex \n
8949@cindex @code{\*}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
8950@cindex @code{\n}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
8951@rqindex cp
8952@vindex .C
8953@noindent
8954as defining a string @samp{ab} with contents @samp{cd}.  Normally, GNU
8955@code{troff} interprets this as a call of a macro named
8956@code{dsabcd}.  Also @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} interprets
8957@code{\*[} or @code{\n[} as references to a string or number register
8958called @samp{[}.  In GNU @code{troff}, however, this is normally
8959interpreted as the start of a long name.  In compatibility mode GNU
8960@code{troff} interprets long names in the traditional way
8961(which means that they are not recognized as names).
8962Compatibility mode can be turned on with the @option{-C} command line
8963option, and turned on or off with the @code{cp} request.  The number
8964register @code{.C} is@w{ }1 if compatibility mode is on, 0@w{
8965}otherwise.
8966
8967@esindex \A
8968@esindex \|
8969@esindex \^
8970@esindex \&
8971@esindex \@{
8972@esindex \@}
8973@esindex \@key{SP}
8974@esindex \'
8975@esindex \`
8976@esindex \-
8977@esindex \_
8978@esindex \!
8979@esindex \%
8980@esindex \c
8981GNU @code{troff} does not allow the use of the escape sequences
8982@code{\|}, @code{\^}, @code{\&}, @code{\@{}, @code{\@}},
8983@code{\@key{SP}}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!},
8984@code{\%}, and @code{\c} in names of strings, macros, diversions, number
8985registers, fonts or environments; @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} does.  The
8986@code{\A} escape sequence (@pxref{Identifiers}) may be helpful in
8987avoiding use of these escape sequences in names.
8988
8989@cindex fractional point sizes
8990@cindex point sizes, fractional
8991@rqindex ps
8992@cindex @code{ps}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
8993Fractional point sizes cause one noteworthy incompatibility.  In
8994@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} the @code{ps} request ignores scale
8995indicators and thus
8996
8997@Example
8998.ps 10u
8999@endExample
9000
9001@noindent
9002sets the point size to 10@w{ }points, whereas in GNU @code{troff} it
9003sets the point size to 10@w{ }scaled points.  @xref{Fractional Type
9004Sizes}, for more information.
9005
9006@rqindex bd
9007@rqindex cs
9008@rqindex tkf
9009@rqindex tr
9010@rqindex fp
9011@cindex @code{bd}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9012@cindex @code{cs}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9013@cindex @code{tkf}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9014@cindex @code{tr}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9015@cindex @code{fp}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9016@cindex input and output characters, compatibility with Unix
9017@cindex output characters, compatibility with Unix
9018@cindex characters, input and output, compatibility with Unix
9019In GNU @code{troff} there is a fundamental difference between
9020unformatted, input characters, and formatted, output characters.
9021Everything that affects how an output character is output is stored
9022with the character; once an output character has been constructed it is
9023unaffected by any subsequent requests that are executed, including
9024@code{bd}, @code{cs}, @code{tkf}, @code{tr}, or @code{fp} requests.
9025Normally output characters are constructed from input characters at the
9026moment immediately before the character is added to the current output
9027line.  Macros, diversions and strings are all, in fact, the same type of
9028object; they contain lists of input characters and output characters in
9029any combination.  An output character does not behave like an input
9030character for the purposes of macro processing; it does not inherit any
9031of the special properties that the input character from which it was
9032constructed might have had.  For example,
9033
9034@Example
9035.di x
9036\\\\
9037.br
9038.di
9039.x
9040@endExample
9041
9042@esindex \e
9043@esindex \!
9044@esindex \?
9045@cindex @code{\e}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9046@cindex @code{\!}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9047@cindex @code{\?}, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9048@cindex transparent output, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9049@cindex output, transparent, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
9050@noindent
9051prints @samp{\\} in GNU @code{troff}; each pair of input backslashes
9052is turned into one output backslash and the resulting output backslashes
9053are not interpreted as escape characters when they are reread.
9054@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} would interpret them as escape characters
9055when they were reread and would end up printing one @samp{\}.  The
9056correct way to obtain a printable backslash is to use the @code{\e}
9057escape sequence: This always prints a single instance of the current
9058escape character, regardless of whether or not it is used in a
9059diversion; it also works in both GNU @code{troff} and @acronym{UNIX}
9060@code{troff}.  To store, for some reason, an escape sequence in a
9061diversion that will be interpreted when the diversion is reread, either
9062use the traditional @code{\!} transparent output facility, or, if this
9063is unsuitable, the new @code{\?} escape sequence.
9064
9065@c XXX .tl compatibility mode -> input stack level
9066@c XXX .if compatibility mode -> input stack level
9067
9068@xref{Diversions}, for more information.
9069
9070
9071@c =====================================================================
9072
9073@node Summary,  , Implementation Differences, gtroff Reference
9074@section Summary
9075@cindex summary
9076
9077@c XXX documentation
9078
9079
9080
9081@c =====================================================================
9082@c =====================================================================
9083
9084@node Preprocessors, Output Devices, gtroff Reference, Top
9085@chapter Preprocessors
9086@cindex preprocessors
9087
9088This chapter describes all preprocessors that come with @code{groff} or
9089which are freely available.
9090
9091@menu
9092* geqn::
9093* gtbl::
9094* gpic::
9095* ggrn::
9096* grap::
9097* grefer::
9098* gsoelim::
9099@end menu
9100
9101
9102@c =====================================================================
9103
9104@node geqn, gtbl, Preprocessors, Preprocessors
9105@section @code{geqn}
9106@cindex @code{eqn}
9107@cindex @code{geqn}
9108
9109@c XXX
9110
9111@menu
9112* Invoking geqn::
9113@end menu
9114
9115@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9116
9117@node Invoking geqn,  , geqn, geqn
9118@subsection Invoking @code{geqn}
9119@cindex invoking @code{geqn}
9120@cindex @code{geqn}, invoking
9121
9122@c XXX
9123
9124
9125@c =====================================================================
9126
9127@node gtbl, gpic, geqn, Preprocessors
9128@section @code{gtbl}
9129@cindex @code{tbl}
9130@cindex @code{gtbl}
9131
9132@c XXX
9133
9134@menu
9135* Invoking gtbl::
9136@end menu
9137
9138@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9139
9140@node Invoking gtbl,  , gtbl, gtbl
9141@subsection Invoking @code{gtbl}
9142@cindex invoking @code{gtbl}
9143@cindex @code{gtbl}, invoking
9144
9145@c XXX
9146
9147
9148@c =====================================================================
9149
9150@node gpic, ggrn, gtbl, Preprocessors
9151@section @code{gpic}
9152@cindex @code{pic}
9153@cindex @code{gpic}
9154
9155@c XXX
9156
9157@menu
9158* Invoking gpic::
9159@end menu
9160
9161@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9162
9163@node Invoking gpic,  , gpic, gpic
9164@subsection Invoking @code{gpic}
9165@cindex invoking @code{gpic}
9166@cindex @code{gpic}, invoking
9167
9168@c XXX
9169
9170
9171@c =====================================================================
9172
9173@node ggrn, grap, gpic, Preprocessors
9174@section @code{ggrn}
9175@cindex @code{grn}
9176@cindex @code{ggrn}
9177
9178@c XXX
9179
9180@menu
9181* Invoking ggrn::
9182@end menu
9183
9184@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9185
9186@node Invoking ggrn,  , ggrn, ggrn
9187@subsection Invoking @code{ggrn}
9188@cindex invoking @code{ggrn}
9189@cindex @code{ggrn}, invoking
9190
9191@c XXX
9192
9193
9194@c =====================================================================
9195
9196@node grap, grefer, ggrn, Preprocessors
9197@section @code{grap}
9198@cindex @code{grap}
9199
9200A free implementation of @code{grap}, written by Ted Faber,
9201is available as an extra package from the following address:
9202
9203@display
9204@url{http://www.lunabase.org/~faber/Vault/software/grap/}
9205@end display
9206
9207
9208@c =====================================================================
9209
9210@node grefer, gsoelim, grap, Preprocessors
9211@section @code{grefer}
9212@cindex @code{refer}
9213@cindex @code{grefer}
9214
9215@c XXX
9216
9217@menu
9218* Invoking grefer::
9219@end menu
9220
9221@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9222
9223@node Invoking grefer,  , grefer, grefer
9224@subsection Invoking @code{grefer}
9225@cindex invoking @code{grefer}
9226@cindex @code{grefer}, invoking
9227
9228@c XXX
9229
9230
9231@c =====================================================================
9232
9233@node gsoelim,  , grefer, Preprocessors
9234@section @code{gsoelim}
9235@cindex @code{soelim}
9236@cindex @code{gsoelim}
9237
9238@c XXX
9239
9240@menu
9241* Invoking gsoelim::
9242@end menu
9243
9244@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9245
9246@node Invoking gsoelim,  , gsoelim, gsoelim
9247@subsection Invoking @code{gsoelim}
9248@cindex invoking @code{gsoelim}
9249@cindex @code{gsoelim}, invoking
9250
9251@c XXX
9252
9253
9254
9255@c =====================================================================
9256@c =====================================================================
9257
9258@node Output Devices, File formats, Preprocessors, Top
9259@chapter Output Devices
9260@cindex output devices
9261@cindex devices for output
9262
9263@c XXX
9264
9265@menu
9266* Special Characters::
9267* grotty::
9268* grops::
9269* grodvi::
9270* grolj4::
9271* grolbp::
9272* grohtml::
9273* gxditview::
9274@end menu
9275
9276
9277@c =====================================================================
9278
9279@node Special Characters, grotty, Output Devices, Output Devices
9280@section Special Characters
9281@cindex special characters
9282@cindex characters, special
9283
9284@c XXX
9285
9286@xref{Font Files}.
9287
9288
9289@c =====================================================================
9290
9291@node grotty, grops, Special Characters, Output Devices
9292@section @code{grotty}
9293@cindex @code{grotty}
9294
9295@c XXX
9296
9297@menu
9298* Invoking grotty::
9299@end menu
9300
9301@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9302
9303@node Invoking grotty,  , grotty, grotty
9304@subsection Invoking @code{grotty}
9305@cindex invoking @code{grotty}
9306@cindex @code{grotty}, invoking
9307
9308@c XXX
9309
9310
9311@c =====================================================================
9312
9313@node grops, grodvi, grotty, Output Devices
9314@section @code{grops}
9315@cindex @code{grops}
9316
9317@c XXX
9318
9319@menu
9320* Invoking grops::
9321* Embedding PostScript::
9322@end menu
9323
9324@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9325
9326@node Invoking grops, Embedding PostScript, grops, grops
9327@subsection Invoking @code{grops}
9328@cindex invoking @code{grops}
9329@cindex @code{grops}, invoking
9330
9331@c XXX
9332
9333@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9334
9335@node Embedding PostScript,  , Invoking grops, grops
9336@subsection Embedding @sc{PostScript}
9337@cindex embedding postscript
9338@cindex postscript, embedding
9339
9340@c XXX
9341
9342
9343@c =====================================================================
9344
9345@node grodvi, grolj4, grops, Output Devices
9346@section @code{grodvi}
9347@cindex @code{grodvi}
9348
9349@c XXX
9350
9351@menu
9352* Invoking grodvi::
9353@end menu
9354
9355@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9356
9357@node Invoking grodvi,  , grodvi, grodvi
9358@subsection Invoking @code{grodvi}
9359@cindex invoking @code{grodvi}
9360@cindex @code{grodvi}, invoking
9361
9362@c XXX
9363
9364
9365@c =====================================================================
9366
9367@node grolj4, grolbp, grodvi, Output Devices
9368@section @code{grolj4}
9369@cindex @code{grolj4}
9370
9371@c XXX
9372
9373@menu
9374* Invoking grolj4::
9375@end menu
9376
9377@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9378
9379@node Invoking grolj4,  , grolj4, grolj4
9380@subsection Invoking @code{grolj4}
9381@cindex invoking @code{grolj4}
9382@cindex @code{grolj4}, invoking
9383
9384@c XXX
9385
9386
9387@c =====================================================================
9388
9389@node grolbp, grohtml, grolj4, Output Devices
9390@section @code{grolbp}
9391@cindex @code{grolbp}
9392
9393@c XXX
9394
9395@menu
9396* Invoking grolbp::
9397@end menu
9398
9399@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9400
9401@node Invoking grolbp,  , grolbp, grolbp
9402@subsection Invoking @code{grolbp}
9403@cindex invoking @code{grolbp}
9404@cindex @code{grolbp}, invoking
9405
9406@c XXX
9407
9408
9409@c =====================================================================
9410
9411@node grohtml, gxditview, grolbp, Output Devices
9412@section @code{grohtml}
9413@cindex @code{grohtml}
9414
9415@c XXX
9416
9417@menu
9418* Invoking grohtml::
9419@end menu
9420
9421@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9422
9423@node Invoking grohtml,  , grohtml, grohtml
9424@subsection Invoking @code{grohtml}
9425@cindex invoking @code{grohtml}
9426@cindex @code{grohtml}, invoking
9427
9428@c XXX
9429
9430
9431@c =====================================================================
9432
9433@node gxditview,  , grohtml, Output Devices
9434@section @code{gxditview}
9435@cindex @code{gxditview}
9436
9437@c XXX
9438
9439@menu
9440* Invoking gxditview::
9441@end menu
9442
9443@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9444
9445@node Invoking gxditview,  , gxditview, gxditview
9446@subsection Invoking @code{gxditview}
9447@cindex invoking @code{gxditview}
9448@cindex @code{gxditview}, invoking
9449
9450@c XXX
9451@c X11's xditview
9452
9453
9454
9455@c =====================================================================
9456@c =====================================================================
9457
9458@node File formats, Installation, Output Devices, Top
9459@chapter File formats
9460@cindex file formats
9461@cindex formats, file
9462
9463@c XXX
9464
9465@menu
9466* gtroff Output::
9467* Font Files::
9468@end menu
9469
9470
9471@c =====================================================================
9472
9473@node gtroff Output, Font Files, File formats, File formats
9474@section @code{gtroff} Output
9475@cindex @code{gtroff} output
9476@cindex output, @code{gtroff}
9477
9478This section describes the format output of GNU @code{troff}.  The
9479output format used by GNU @code{troff} is very similar -- but
9480not identical -- to that used by
9481@acronym{UNIX} device-independent @code{troff} (@code{ditroff}).
9482
9483@menu
9484* Output Format::
9485* Device Control::
9486* Drawing Functions::
9487* Line Continuation::
9488@end menu
9489
9490@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9491
9492@node Output Format, Device Control, gtroff Output, gtroff Output
9493@subsection Output Format
9494@cindex output format
9495@cindex format of output
9496
9497@cindex 8-bit input
9498@cindex input, 8-bit
9499The output format is text based, as opposed to a binary format (like
9500@TeX{} DVI).  The output format is @w{8-bit} clean, thus single
9501characters can have the eighth bit set, as can the names of fonts and
9502special characters.
9503
9504The output format consists of single command characters with attached
9505parameters which are separated from subsequent text by whitespace or a
9506newline.
9507
9508The names of characters and fonts can be of arbitrary length; drivers
9509should not assume that they are only two characters long (as
9510@code{ditroff} does).
9511
9512When a character is to be printed, that character is always in the
9513current font.  Unlike @code{ditroff}, it is not necessary for drivers to
9514search special fonts to find a character.
9515
9516@table @code
9517@item H@var{n}
9518@c XXX
9519
9520@item V@var{n}
9521@c XXX
9522
9523@item h@var{n}
9524@c XXX
9525
9526@item v@var{n}
9527@c XXX
9528
9529@item c@var{n}
9530@c XXX
9531
9532@item C@var{n}
9533@c XXX
9534
9535@item @var{nn}@var{c}
9536@c XXX
9537
9538@item t@var{xxx}
9539@var{xxx} is any sequence of characters terminated by a space or a
9540newline; the first character should be printed at the current position,
9541the the current horizontal position should be increased by the width of
9542the first character, and so on for each character.  The width of the
9543character is that given in the font file, appropriately scaled for the
9544current point size, and rounded so that it is a multiple of the
9545horizontal resolution.  Special characters cannot be printed using this
9546command.
9547
9548@kindex tcommand
9549@pindex DESC@r{, and @code{tcommand}}
9550This command is only allowed if the @samp{tcommand} line is present in
9551the @file{DESC} file.
9552
9553@item u@var{n} @var{xxx}
9554This is same as the @samp{t} command except that after printing each
9555character, the current horizontal position is increased by the sum of
9556the width of that character and@w{ }@var{n}.
9557
9558This command is only allowed if the @samp{tcommand} line is present in
9559the @file{DESC} file.
9560
9561@item n@var{a}@var{b}
9562@c XXX
9563
9564@item p@var{n}
9565@c XXX
9566
9567@item s@var{n}
9568@kindex sizescale
9569@pindex DESC@r{, and @code{sizescale}}
9570The argument to the @samp{s} command is in scaled points (units of
9571points/@var{n}, where @var{n} is the argument to the @samp{sizescale}
9572command in the @file{DESC} file).
9573
9574@item f@var{n}
9575@item x @dots{} \n
9576Device control.
9577@c XXX more info
9578
9579@item D@var{c} @var{x}@dots{}\n
9580@c XXX
9581@end table
9582
9583@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9584
9585@node Device Control, Drawing Functions, Output Format, gtroff Output
9586@subsection Device Control
9587@cindex device control
9588@cindex control of devices
9589
9590The @samp{x} command is normally followed by a letter or word indicating
9591the function to perform, followed by white space separated arguments.
9592
9593The first argument can be abbreviated to the first letter.
9594
9595@table @code
9596@item x init
9597@c XXX
9598
9599@item x T
9600@c XXX
9601
9602@item x res @var{n} @var{h} @var{v}
9603@c XXX
9604
9605@item x H
9606@c XXX more info
9607The argument to the @w{@samp{x Height}} command is also in scaled
9608points.
9609@end table
9610
9611The first three output commands are guaranteed to be:
9612
9613@Example
9614x T device
9615x res n h v
9616x init
9617@endExample
9618
9619@noindent
9620For example, the input
9621
9622@Example
9623crunchy \fH\s+2frog\s0\fP!?
9624@endExample
9625
9626@noindent
9627produces
9628
9629@c XXX example
9630
9631@ignore
9632@Example
9633... sample output here ...
9634@endExample
9635@end ignore
9636
9637@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9638
9639@node Drawing Functions, Line Continuation, Device Control, gtroff Output
9640@subsection Drawing Functions
9641@cindex drawing functions
9642@cindex functions for drawing
9643
9644@pindex gpic
9645The @samp{D} drawing command has been extended.  These extensions are
9646used by GNU @code{pic} only if the @option{-x} option is given.
9647
9648@xref{Drawing Requests}.
9649
9650@table @code
9651@c XXX ...
9652@item Df @var{n}
9653Set the shade of gray to be used for filling solid objects to@w{
9654}@var{n}; @var{n}@w{ }must be an integer between 0 and@w{ }1000, where 0
9655corresponds solid white and 1000 to solid black, and values in between
9656correspond to intermediate shades of gray.  This applies only to solid
9657circles, solid ellipses and solid polygons.  By default, a level of@w{
9658}1000 is used.  Whatever color a solid object has, it should
9659completely obscure everything beneath it.  A value greater than@w{ }1000
9660or less than@w{ }0 can also be used: this means fill with the shade of
9661gray that is currently being used for lines and text.  Normally this
9662is black, but some drivers may provide a way of changing this.
9663
9664@item DC @var{d}
9665Draw a solid circle with a diameter of@w{ }@var{d} with the leftmost
9666point at the current position.
9667
9668@item DE @var{dx} @var{dy}
9669Draw a solid ellipse with a horizontal diameter of@w{ }@var{dx} and a
9670vertical diameter of@w{ }@var{dy} with the leftmost point at the current
9671position.
9672
9673@item Dp @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} @dots{} @var{dxn} @var{dyn}
9674Draw a polygon with automatic closure.  The first vertex is at the
9675current position, the second vertex at an offset (@var{dx1},@var{dy1})
9676from the current position, the second vertex at an offset
9677(@var{dx2},@var{dy2}) from the first vertex, and so on up to the
9678@var{n}@dmn{th} vertex.  At the moment, GNU @code{pic} only uses this
9679command to generate triangles and rectangles.
9680
9681@item DP @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} @dots{} @var{dxn} @var{dyn}
9682Like @code{Dp} but draw a solid rather than outlined polygon.
9683
9684@item Dt @var{n}
9685@cindex line thickness
9686@cindex thickness of lines
9687Set the current line thickness to @var{n}@w{ }machine units.
9688Traditionally, @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} drivers use a line thickness
9689proportional to the current point size; drivers should continue to do
9690this if no @code{Dt} command has been given, or if a @code{Dt} command
9691has been given with a negative value of@w{ }@var{n}.  A zero value of@w{
9692}@var{n} selects the smallest available line thickness.
9693@end table
9694
9695@esindex \D
9696A difficulty arises in how the current position should be changed after
9697the execution of these commands.  This is not of great importance since
9698the code generated by GNU @code{pic} does not depend on this.  Given a
9699drawing command of the form
9700
9701@Example
9702\D'@var{c} @var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x2} @var{y2} @dots{} @var{xn} @var{yn}'
9703@endExample
9704
9705@esindex \w
9706@vindex st
9707@vindex sb
9708@noindent
9709where @var{c} is not one of @samp{c}, @samp{e}, @samp{l}, @samp{a} or
9710@samp{~}, @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} treats each x@w{ }value
9711as a horizontal quantity, and each y@w{ }value as a vertical
9712quantity; it assumes that the width of the drawn object is the sum of
9713all x@w{ }values, and that the height is the sum of all y@w{ }values.
9714(The assumption about the height can be seen by examining the @code{st}
9715and @code{sb} registers after using such a @code{D}@w{ }command in a
9716@code{\w} escape sequence.)  This rule also holds for all the original
9717drawing commands with the exception of @code{De}.  For the sake of
9718compatibility GNU @code{troff} also follows this rule, even though it
9719produces an ugly result in the case of the @code{Df}, @code{Dt}, and, to
9720a lesser extent, @code{DE}@w{ }commands.  Thus after executing a
9721@code{D}@w{ }command of the form
9722
9723@Example
9724D@var{c} @var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x2} @var{y2} @dots{} @var{xn} @var{yn}
9725@endExample
9726
9727@noindent
9728the current position should be increased horizontally by the sum of all
9729x@w{ }values and vertically by the sum of all y@w{ }values.
9730
9731@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9732
9733@node Line Continuation,  , Drawing Functions, gtroff Output
9734@subsection Line Continuation
9735@cindex line continuation in output commands
9736@cindex output commands, line continuation
9737
9738There is a continuation convention which permits the argument to the
9739@w{@samp{x X}} command to contain newlines: When outputting the argument
9740to the @w{@samp{x X}} command, GNU @code{troff} follows each newline
9741in the argument with a @samp{+} character (as usual, it terminates
9742the entire argument with a newline); thus if the line after the line
9743containing the @w{@samp{x X}} command starts with @samp{+}, then the
9744newline ending the line containing the @w{@samp{x X}} command should be
9745treated as part of the argument to the @w{@samp{x X}} command, the
9746@samp{+} should be ignored, and the part of the line following the
9747@samp{+} should be treated like the part of the line following the
9748@w{@samp{x X}} command.
9749
9750
9751@c =====================================================================
9752
9753@node Font Files,  , gtroff Output, File formats
9754@section Font Files
9755@cindex font files
9756@cindex files, font
9757
9758The @code{gtroff} font format is roughly a superset of the
9759@code{ditroff} font format.  Unlike the @code{ditroff} font format,
9760there is no associated binary format; all files are text files.  The
9761font files for device @var{name} are stored in a directory
9762@file{dev@var{name}}.  There are two types of file: a device description
9763file called @file{DESC} and for each font@w{ }@var{f} a font file
9764called@w{ }@file{@var{f}}.
9765
9766@menu
9767* DESC File Format::
9768* Font File Format::
9769@end menu
9770
9771@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9772
9773@node DESC File Format, Font File Format, Font Files, Font Files
9774@subsection @file{DESC} File Format
9775@cindex @file{DESC} file format
9776@cindex font description file format
9777@cindex format of font description file
9778@pindex DESC@r{ file format}
9779
9780The @file{DESC} file can contain the following types of line:
9781
9782@table @code
9783@item res @var{n}
9784@kindex res
9785There are @var{n} machine units per inch.
9786
9787@item hor @var{n}
9788@kindex hor
9789The horizontal resolution is @var{n} machine units.
9790
9791@item vert @var{n}
9792@kindex vert
9793The vertical resolution is @var{n} machine units.
9794
9795@item sizescale @var{n}
9796@kindex sizescale
9797The scale factor for point sizes.  By default this has a value of@w{ }1.
9798One scaled point is equal to one point/@var{n}.  The arguments to the
9799@code{unitwidth} and @code{sizes} commands are given in scaled points.
9800@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for more information.
9801
9802@item unitwidth @var{n}
9803@kindex unitwidth
9804Quantities in the font files are given in machine units for fonts whose
9805point size is @var{n}@w{ }scaled points.
9806
9807@item tcommand
9808@kindex tcommand
9809This means that the postprocessor can handle the @samp{t} and @samp{u}
9810output commands.
9811
9812@item sizes @var{s1} @var{s2} @dots{} @var{sn} 0
9813@kindex sizes
9814This means that the device has fonts at @var{s1}, @var{s2}, @dots{}
9815@var{sn} scaled points.  The list of sizes must be terminated by a@w{
9816}0.  Each @var{si} can also be a range of sizes @var{m}-@var{n}.  The
9817list can extend over more than one line.
9818
9819@item styles @var{S1} @var{S2} @dots{} @var{Sm}
9820@kindex styles
9821The first @var{m}@w{ }font positions are associated with styles
9822@var{S1} @dots{} @var{Sm}.
9823
9824@item fonts @var{n} @var{F1} @var{F2} @var{F3} @dots{} @var{Fn}
9825@kindex fonts
9826Fonts @var{F1} @dots{} @var{Fn} are mounted in the font positions
9827@var{m}+1, @dots{}, @var{m}+@var{n} where @var{m} is the number of
9828styles.  This command may extend over more than one line.  A font name
9829of@var{ }0 means no font is mounted on the corresponding font position.
9830
9831@item family @var{fam}
9832@kindex family
9833The default font family is @var{fam}.
9834
9835@item charset
9836@kindex charset
9837This line and everything following in the file are ignored.  It is
9838allowed for the sake of backwards compatibility.
9839@end table
9840
9841The @code{res}, @code{unitwidth}, @code{fonts} and @code{sizes} lines
9842are mandatory.  Other commands are ignored by @code{gtroff} but may be
9843used by postprocessors to store arbitrary information about the device
9844in the @file{DESC} file.
9845
9846@c XXX add other commands resp. xrefs to output devices
9847@c XXX add obsolete commands
9848
9849@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9850
9851@node Font File Format,  , DESC File Format, Font Files
9852@subsection Font File Format
9853@cindex font file format
9854@cindex format of font files
9855
9856A font file has two sections.  The first section is a sequence of lines
9857each containing a sequence of blank delimited words; the first word in
9858the line is a key, and subsequent words give a value for that key.
9859
9860@table @code
9861@item name @var{f}
9862@kindex name
9863The name of the font is@w{ }@var{f}.
9864
9865@item spacewidth @var{n}
9866@kindex spacewidth
9867The normal width of a space is@w{ }@var{n}.
9868
9869@item slant @var{n}
9870@kindex slant
9871The characters of the font have a slant of @var{n}@w{ }degrees.
9872(Positive means forward.)
9873
9874@item ligatures @var{lig1} @var{lig2} @dots{} @var{lign} [0]
9875@kindex ligatures
9876Characters @var{lig1}, @var{lig2}, @dots{}, @var{lign} are ligatures;
9877possible ligatures are @samp{ff}, @samp{fi}, @samp{fl}, @samp{ffi} and
9878@samp{ffl}.  For backwards compatibility, the list of ligatures may be
9879terminated with a@w{ }0.  The list of ligatures may not extend over more
9880than one line.
9881
9882@item special
9883@kindex special
9884The font is special; this means that when a character is requested that
9885is not present in the current font, it is searched for in any
9886special fonts that are mounted.
9887@end table
9888
9889Other commands are ignored by @code{gtroff} but may be used by
9890postprocessors to store arbitrary information about the font in the font
9891file.
9892
9893@cindex comments in font files
9894@cindex font files, comments
9895@kindex #
9896The first section can contain comments which start with the @samp{#}
9897character and extend to the end of a line.
9898
9899The second section contains one or two subsections.  It must contain a
9900@code{charset} subsection and it may also contain a @code{kernpairs}
9901subsection.  These subsections can appear in any order.  Each
9902subsection starts with a word on a line by itself.
9903
9904@kindex charset
9905The word @code{charset} starts the character set subsection.  The
9906@code{charset} line is followed by a sequence of lines.  Each line gives
9907information for one character.  A line comprises a number of fields
9908separated by blanks or tabs.  The format is
9909
9910@c XXX fix it for new HTML additions
9911
9912@Example
9913@var{name} @var{metrics} @var{type} @var{code} @var{comment}
9914@endExample
9915
9916@cindex 8-bit input
9917@cindex input, 8-bit
9918@esindex \N
9919@kindex ---
9920@noindent
9921@var{name} identifies the character: If @var{name} is a single
9922character@w{ }@var{c} then it corresponds to the @code{gtroff} input
9923character @var{c}; if it is of the form @samp{\@var{c}} where @var{c} is
9924a single character, then it corresponds to the @code{gtroff} input
9925character@w{ }\@var{c}; otherwise it corresponds to the groff input
9926character @samp{\[@var{name}]}.  (If it is exactly two characters
9927@var{xx} it can be entered as @samp{\(@var{xx}}.)  @code{gtroff}
9928supports 8-bit characters; however some utilities have difficulties with
9929eight-bit characters.  For this reason, there is a convention that the
9930name @samp{char@var{n}} is equivalent to the single character whose code
9931is@w{ }@var{n}.  For example, @samp{char163} would be equivalent to the
9932character with code@w{ }163 which is the pounds sterling sign in @w{ISO
9933Latin-1} character set.  The name @samp{---} is special and indicates
9934that the character is unnamed; such characters can only be used by means
9935of the @code{\N} escape sequence in @code{gtroff}.
9936
9937@c XXX input encodings vs. output encodings
9938
9939The @var{type} field gives the character type:
9940
9941@table @code
9942@item 1
9943the character has an descender, for example, `p';
9944
9945@item 2
9946the character has an ascender, for example, `b';
9947
9948@item 3
9949the character has both an ascender and a descender, for example, `('.
9950@end table
9951
9952The @var{code} field gives the code which the postprocessor uses to
9953print the character.  The character can also be input to @code{gtroff}
9954using this code by means of the @code{\N} escape sequence.  The code can
9955be any integer.  If it starts with @samp{0} it is interpreted as
9956octal; if it starts with @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} it is interpreted as
9957hexadecimal.
9958
9959Anything on the line after the @var{code} field is ignored.
9960
9961The @var{metrics} field has the form:
9962
9963@Example
9964@var{width}[,@var{height}[,@var{depth}[,@var{italic_correction}
9965  [,@var{left_italic_correction}[,@var{subscript_correction}]]]]]
9966@endExample
9967
9968@noindent
9969There must not be any spaces between these subfields (it has been split
9970here into two lines for better legibility only).  Missing subfields are
9971assumed to be@w{ }0.  The subfields are all decimal integers.  Since
9972there is no associated binary format, these values are not required to
9973fit into a variable of type @samp{char} as they are in @code{ditroff}.
9974The @var{width} subfield gives the width of the character.  The
9975@var{height} subfield gives the height of the character (upwards is
9976positive); if a character does not extend above the baseline, it should
9977be given a zero height, rather than a negative height.  The @var{depth}
9978subfield gives the depth of the character, that is, the distance below
9979the lowest point below the baseline to which the character extends
9980(downwards is positive); if a character does not extend below above the
9981baseline, it should be given a zero depth, rather than a negative depth.
9982The @var{italic_correction} subfield gives the amount of space that
9983should be added after the character when it is immediately to be
9984followed by a character from a roman font.  The
9985@var{left_italic_correction} subfield gives the amount of space that
9986should be added before the character when it is immediately to be
9987preceded by a character from a roman font.  The
9988@var{subscript_correction} gives the amount of space that should be
9989added after a character before adding a subscript.  This should be less
9990than the italic correction.
9991
9992A line in the @code{charset} section can also have the format
9993
9994@Example
9995@var{name} "
9996@endExample
9997
9998@noindent
9999This indicates that @var{name} is just another name for the character
10000mentioned in the preceding line.
10001
10002@kindex kernpairs
10003The word @code{kernpairs} starts the kernpairs section.  This contains a
10004sequence of lines of the form:
10005
10006@Example
10007@var{c1} @var{c2} @var{n}
10008@endExample
10009
10010@noindent
10011This means that when character @var{c1} appears next to character
10012@var{c2} the space between them should be increased by@w{ }@var{n}.
10013Most entries in the kernpairs section have a negative value for@w{
10014}@var{n}.
10015
10016
10017
10018@c =====================================================================
10019@c =====================================================================
10020
10021@node Installation, Request Index, File formats, Top
10022@chapter Installation
10023@cindex installation
10024
10025@c XXX
10026
10027
10028
10029@c =====================================================================
10030@c =====================================================================
10031
10032@node Request Index, Escape Index, Installation, Top
10033@chapter Request Index
10034
10035Requests appear without the leading control character (normally either
10036@samp{.} or @samp{'}).
10037
10038@printindex rq
10039
10040
10041
10042@c =====================================================================
10043@c =====================================================================
10044
10045@node Escape Index, Operator Index, Request Index, Top
10046@chapter Escape Index
10047
10048@printindex es
10049
10050
10051
10052@c =====================================================================
10053@c =====================================================================
10054
10055@node Operator Index, Register Index, Escape Index, Top
10056@chapter Operator Index
10057
10058@printindex op
10059
10060
10061
10062@c =====================================================================
10063@c =====================================================================
10064
10065@node Register Index, Macro Index, Operator Index, Top
10066@chapter Register Index
10067
10068@printindex vr
10069
10070
10071
10072@c =====================================================================
10073@c =====================================================================
10074
10075@node Macro Index, String Index, Register Index, Top
10076@chapter Macro Index
10077
10078@printindex ma
10079
10080
10081
10082@c =====================================================================
10083@c =====================================================================
10084
10085@node String Index, Glyph Name Index, Macro Index, Top
10086@chapter String Index
10087
10088@printindex st
10089
10090
10091
10092@c =====================================================================
10093@c =====================================================================
10094
10095@node Glyph Name Index, Font File Keyword Index, String Index, Top
10096@chapter Glyph Name Index
10097
10098A glyph name @code{xx} consisting of exactly two characters can be
10099accessed as @samp{\(xx}.  Glyph names @code{xxx} of any length can be
10100accessed as @samp{\[xxx]}.
10101
10102@printindex gl
10103
10104
10105
10106@c =====================================================================
10107@c =====================================================================
10108
10109@node Font File Keyword Index, Program and File Index, Glyph Name Index, Top
10110@chapter Font File Keyword Index
10111
10112@printindex ky
10113
10114
10115
10116@c =====================================================================
10117@c =====================================================================
10118
10119@node Program and File Index, Concept Index, Font File Keyword Index, Top
10120@chapter Program  and File Index
10121
10122@printindex pg
10123
10124
10125
10126@c =====================================================================
10127@c =====================================================================
10128
10129@node Concept Index,  , Program and File Index, Top
10130@chapter Concept Index
10131
10132@printindex cp
10133
10134
10135
10136@summarycontents
10137@contents
10138@bye
10139